Home

Current and Savings Account User Manual

1. Advanced Search Records per page 15 z OF 4 Transaction Reference Event Sequence Number Source Code External Reference Product Code al gt Ea You can set the required parameters and search the records Select the record that you wish to reverse or cancel Further click Cancel or Reverse button iota ORACLE Post Dated Cheque Reject Contract Reference Reject Code Reject Reason You can specify the following details Contract Reference The system displays the reference number of the post dated cheque transaction Reject Code Specify the code that identifies the reason for cheque rejection cancellation The option list displays all valid reject codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Reject Reason Based on the reject code selected the system displays the reason for rejection cancellation To cancel the cheque click Cancel button To reverse the cheque click Reverse button On cancellation the accounting entries you defined for the CANL event are passed After the PDC has been liquidated you also have the option to reverse it by selecting Reverse from the Actions menu in the Application toolbar or clicking reverse icon All accounting entries passed for the PDC will be reversed Oracle FLEXCUBE cancels the outstanding PDCs that are linked to loan after the prepayme
2. IBSR PNL_ADu 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IBSR ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IBSR PNL 2 IACR Credit IBSR ACCR 2 IACR Debit IBSR PNL_ADuJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IBSR ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IBSR ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IBSR BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IBSR ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IBSR BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IBSR ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit IBSR BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IBSR ACQUIRED 2 IACQUIRED Credit IBSR BOOK 2 IACQUIRED Debit IBSR TPBL 3 TAX Credit IBSR BOOK 3 TAX Debit IBSR TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IBSR BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCM PNL 1 IACR Debit 20 00 ORACLE 20 5 1 6 IOCM ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOCM PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCM ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCM PNL 2 IACR Credit IOCM ACCR 2 IACR Debit IOCM PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCM ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCM ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IOCM BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOCM ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCM BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOCM ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit IOCM BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IOCM ACQUIRED 2 ACQUIRED Credit IOCM BOOK 2 IACQUIRED Debit Charge on Less Average balance ILIQ Account
3. Tax Category C Tax Description Calculation Parameters Booking Basis Percent Book Tax To Expense Basis Percent Account Tax Payable Currency Flag Local Currency Basis Basis Amount Tax Amount Option Option Method Method Decimals g Decimals Decimals Decimals Units Units Units Units Formula Wizard You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list 21 3 ORACLE Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen Formula Wizard Formula Wizard a Expression Element Functions Operators Logical Operators In this screen specify the following expressions Case Result AND VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M lt AMOUNT2 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt 0 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 AMOUNT2 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following
4. Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Clearing Suspense GL PD_TAG Debit Past Due Account PD_TAG Credit 20 17 ORACLE 21 Annexure C IC Rule Set up 21 1 Introduction This Annexure lists the Interest and Charge IC rules that need to be maintained for the CASA module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It also gives the UDEs and rates for which values need to be maintained 21 2 IC Rule Maintenance The components required to calculate interest the principal period and rate are broadly referred to as Data Elements Data elements are of two types e System Data Elements SDEs e User Data Elements UDEs In addition to specifying how the SDEs and UDEs are connected through the formulae you also define certain other attributes for a rule using the Interest and Charges Rule Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRLMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button a Apply Interest Rule Id On Account Opening Month Rule Description On Account Closure Month Primary Element ILM Parameters Integrated LM Integrated LM Type System Elements User Elements E User Elements Type Get Latest l Amount x Use Effective Input By Authorized By Modification Number Authorized Open Date Time Date Time be ORACLE For details about the screen refer
5. You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Branch Code e Customer No EEN ORACLE Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Branch Code e Customer No e Effective Date e Frequency e Start Month e Start On e Last Executed Date Hag ORACLE 12 Processing Post Dated Cheques 12 1 Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE supports processing of post dated Cheques PDCs both at Branch and Host levels PDCs have four events in their life cycle Booking Entry of PDCs where details of the PDC are entered in Oracle FLEXCUBE Initiation of PDCs where the PDC is authorized and becomes active Contingent entries if required are passed for the PDC during initiation Liquidation of PDCs where the PDC becomes a normal Cheque to be sent through clearing If the discounted cheque is returned from the clearing then the system will process the debit from the past due account maintained at Customer Cheque Discounting Maintenance screen On re presentation of PDC the system will process the debit from the past due account maintained at Customer Cheque Discounting Maintenance screen During return of PDC if the limits are maintained at any of the le
6. Routing Number End Point Issuer Bank Bulk Transaction Reference Activation Date Normal Location Of Cheque Mi Charge Account Number Currency Charge Account Description E C Limits Tracking Required counting Entries Transaction Reference Number Specify the Transaction Reference Number of the post dated cheque Product Code Project Details From the option list of product codes that you have created in the Product Definition screen specify the PDC product code that has to be used for the Cheque 12 8 ORACLE Remitter Account Number This is the account which has to be debited for clearing the Cheque Depending on the PDC type you will have to select the following values for the remitter account e If the PDC type is Own A c PDC the remitter account should be a valid customer account e If the PDC type is PDC issued by the bank the remitter account can either be a GL or Nostro account e If the PDC type is External PDC the remitter account should be a valid GL Beneficiary Account Number This is the number of the account in favor of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account number here The beneficiary account can either be a valid cu
7. Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 13 Debit Card Issued CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 14 Debit Turnover CLIQ 20 13 ORACLE Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 15 Number of Transactions CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 16 No of Account Statements O 9 LI Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 17 Stop Cheque Charges O 9 LI Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 18 Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator 20 14 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 19 YTD Cr Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indica
8. Note the following e The master account should be in the same currency as of the other account currencies e For the master account the field should be left blank This master account is maintained as consolidated charge account on the other set of accounts e All the accounts should be belonging to the same customer e The Fall Below Fee is waived if the master account or any one of the account has overdraft facility Dr Cr Advices You can indicate whether you want to generate an interest liquidation advice for a customer account Check the Debit Credit Advices box to indicate that the system must generate payment advices when interest liquidation happens on an account The advices are generated in the existing SWIFT or and MAIL format No advices will be generated if you leave this box unchecked The preference you have made in the Customer Account Class screen will be defaulted here However you can choose to change your preference to generate or suppress these Advices Interest Start Date For the account for which you are defining special conditions you must specify the date from which you would like to apply interest Interest for this account will be calculated according to the special conditions that you define subsequently Charge Start Date For the account for which you are defining special conditions you must specify the date from which you would like to apply charges Charges for this account will be calc
9. cccccccccessessssececececeesesaeceeececsessnaeeeeececsensaaesecececeenesaeseceeeceeseaeaeeececeesesaeaeseeceeesenseaeeeeseeenes 18 1 18 2 CHEQUE BOOK DETAILS REPORT cc scccsccecssssssscecececeeseaececececeessaeeecececeeseaeaecececeeseseaeseeceeesennsaeeeeeeeenes 18 2 18 3 CASA STOP PAYMENT REPORT sssssscsececsessesscecececeesesuececececsensaeeecececeesesseaecececeesessaeseeeeeesenseaeeeeeeeenes 18 3 18 4 CUSTOMER STATISTICS DATA cccccccssssscccececsessssececececsesesuececececsensaaeeecececeeseauesecececeesesseaeseeeceesenneaeeeeeeeenes 18 5 18 5 ACCOUNT STATEMENT REPORTS cscssscccccecsesssssceeececeessaececececsessaeeeceeecseseaaeaesececsessaaseeseeeeeesenneaeeeeseeenes 18 7 18 5 1 Viewing Charge Details ccccecccsccesceessessseecesecesscesecesecesecaaecaeeeseseseesaeesaeeseeeecesecaecnaessaeeaeenaeeasens 18 12 18 3 2 Viewing Events iesi dionne a e E E E nace cigassdwesnieatasessdesechonssugenesdodayeavesedinsedoress 18 13 18 6 PDC SUMMARY REPORT ccccccccccccecsessssececececeesseaecesececsesseaeceeececseneaesecececeesesseaeseeeeeeseneaeceeseeeseneaaeeeeess 18 14 18 7 CHEQUE CANCELLATION REPORT ccssssccccececeesssececececsesssnececececseseaaececececeeseseaeseeececsesseaeseesceeeeneaaeaeeees 18 16 18 7 1 Contents of the Report cscccsccesccsseesseesseeseeeseeseceeecesecsecuaecaaecsaeeseseseesaeesseseeeseceseceaecaecaaecaaeeaeeeasens 18 16 18 8 INTEREST STATEMENT REPORT ccccssssscccececeesssecece
10. Address 1 to 4 Specify the guardian s address 3 33 ORACLE 3 2 6 Capturing Checklist Details Click the Check List tab from the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to capture the details of document types that are to be maintained Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Account Class Branch Code SD User Reference Main Auxiliary Nominee Checktist Document List 1010 gt JE Private Customer Document Type Mandatory Expiry Date Expected Date of Subr Document Notification Details o Send Notification Reminder Frequency Select Notification Days Reminder Remarks Remarks Consolidated Charges Standing Instructions Linked Entities Reg Account Status Restrictions Currency Limits Limits Joint Holders Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Deposit Linkage Documents Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Mandatory Check this box to indicate that the document specified here is mandatory Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of the document provided by the c
11. Basis Case APY Logic Average Statement frequency is asynchronous Interest used for APY calculation will be Balance with liquidation frequency for instance if the interest liquidated for the previous interest is calculated on the average period and you must maintain the APY daily balance for the calendar month and basis as LIQD account statement is provided from 16 of one month to the 15 of next month Average Statement frequency is lesser than APY is printed only when the interest is Balance liquidation frequency for instance if liquidated i e the account statement for interest is paid on a quarterly basis for first two months of the quarter does not the quarter and account statements are print APY and APY is printed in the provided monthly account statement only for the third month For such cases you must 14 1 ORACLE Basis Case APY Logic maintain the APY basis as LIQD Average Statement frequency is more than APY calculation is based on the latest Balance liquidation frequency for instance if interest liquidation that occurred within interest is paid on a monthly basis and the statement period For such cases account statements are provided you must maintain the APY basis as annually LIQD Daily Statement frequency is less than APY calculation includes the interest Balance liquidation frequency for instance accrued till the current statement date int
12. For details on conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in the Core Entities user manual Overdraft The system displays a check in the check box if the customer account has overdraft facility The system checks or unchecks the checkbox based on the information available in Account Class Maintenance oe ORACLE 3 2 3 5 Specifying Status Details Status At the time of maintaining a customer account for the first time the account status will be NORM Normal by default The Status Since field will display the current system date i e the date on which the account is maintained in the system The system will update the status whenever a status change occurs Therefore at any point of time this field will display the current status of the account The Since field will reflect the date on which the account moves to the current status Subsequently the system will default the value of CIF Status as available in the Customer Maintenance screen This status is the worst status among all the loans savings accounts and current accounts for the customer in the current branch This is done if you have opted for status processing at the Group CIF level as part of your branch preferences Since The date on which the status of the account is changed to the current status is displayed here Propagate Reporting Details This field ind
13. Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain one booked formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list 21 22 ORACLE Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result AC_DORMANT 1 AND AC_DORMANCY_DAYS DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 AC_DORMANCY_DAYS gt 1 AND AC_DORMANCY_DAYS lt 30 AC_DORMANT 1 AND AC_DORMANCY_DAYS DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 AC_DORMANCY_DAYS gt 30 21 3 UDE Value Maintenance You can maintain UDE values for the rules using the Interest and Charges User Data Element Maintenance screen You can invoke the Interest and Charges User Data Element Maintenance screen by typing ICDUDVAL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 21 23 ORACLE User
14. 1500 1500 1500 0 Available Balance Receivable Amt 1500 1 A2 0 1100 2600 1500 Assuming no other credit transaction has happened on A1 post the debit transaction discussed above the structure during EOD will be as follows Level Account Receivable Amt USD Available Balance USD Current Balance USD Amount Block Placed USD A1 1500 1500 1500 0 Available Balance Receivable Amt 1500 1 A2 0 1100 2600 1500 During CSAMBLK batch the system will look for cover accounts for primary account A1 and release the corresponding amount blocks and update the current balance as 1500 taking into consideration the receivable amount The structure is as follows Level Account Receivable Current Available Amount Block Amt USD Balance Balance USD on USD Account USD 0 Al 0 1500 1500 0 1 A2 0 2600 2600 0 8 3 ORACLE The system will pass accounting entries as follows Dr Cr Account Amount Dr A2 1500 Cr A1 1500 The structure after the entire process is as follows Level Account Current Available Balance Amount Block on Balance USD USD Account USD 0 Al 0 0 0 1 A2 1100 1100 0 8 3 Maintaining Account Structure You can specify the account structure in the Account Structure
15. 18 11 Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report Branches collect PDC to ensure recovery and credit the customer accounts on the scheduled date These cheques are presented in the outward clearing on the agreed due date During EOD you can generate Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report which lists details of all the PDC that were due and were cleared on that day Transactions in this report are grouped based on the Instrument and clearing type of the cheques Report also provides a Branch wise presentation of cheques 18 24 ORACLE You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report screen by typing PDRDTTOD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Postdated Cheques Due Today Branch Code Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report fr
16. Page Number This is the page number As of Date As of date Customer Number This is the customer number Customer Name This is the customer name Customer Address 1 This is the address of the customer Customer Address 2 This is the address of the customer Customer Address 3 This is the address of the customer Customer Address 4 This is the address of the customer Opening Balance This is the opening balance of the customer Transaction code Description This is the description of the transaction code Transaction reference Number This is the reference number of the account for which transaction details is being reported Opening Date The opening date of the account Previous Date Gives the date of the previous statement Transaction Booking Date This is the transaction booking date Transaction Amount This is the transaction amount Additional Information Gives some additional information Debit Credit Indicator This indicates the nature of the transaction debit or credit Closing Balance This indicates the closing balance Available Balance This indicates the available balance 18 10 ORACLE Blocked Balance This indicates the blocked balance Uncollected Balance This indicates the uncollected balance Number of Debits Indicates the number of debit transact
17. Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Dormant Activated Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID For Period Indicates Period for which report is generated Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated see ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Product Code Indicates Account Class Currency Indicates Currency of the Account Account Indicates Customer Account Account Name Indicates Account Description Day s Credit Amount Indicates Sum of Transaction Credit Amount f
18. TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX1 100 FORMULA1 lt AMOUNT 0 21 2 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e DLY_NET_BAL_M e YEAR e ACCOUNT_LIMIT 21 6 ORACLE UDE Maintain the following UDEs e NORMAL_RATE1 e NORMAL_RATE2 e NORMAL_RATE3 Type For each of the UDEs select the option Rate from the adjoining drop down list Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one non booked formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box 21 7 ORACLE Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result DLY_NET_BAL_M gt 0 ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NOR
19. Transaction MIS Group For an account the transaction type of MIS class will be picked up from the account class Composite MIS Group The composite type of MIS class will be defaulted from those defined for the customer Cost Code For an account the cost codes will be picked up from the account class e ORACLE 3 2 19 1 Specifying Transfer log details Balance Transfer Log Account Balance Transfer Log Details i 1010 CI Branch Code ProductCode Financial Year Transaction Date GL Code MIS Class Old MIS Code NewM Here you can capture the following details Account Number This is the account number of the deposit If you specify an account that is disallowed for your user id and move to the next field the system will throw up an error override The restricted accounts for users ids are maintained in the User Account Class Restrictions screen The system will perform this validation for default settlement pick up also os ORACLE 3 2 20 Specifying Statement Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Statement Details screen To invoke this screen click the Statement button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Statement Details Primary Account Statement Previous Statement Details fa Generate Statement Only Date On Movement Balance Display IBAN in Advices No Type None Summary Detailed Account Cycle Cycle On Secondary Account State
20. Uncollected funds Avl same day then only that amount of uncollected funds which is available for the current day or any previous day is treated as uncollected funds e Overdrawn balance The sum of payable balance including limits and the withdrawable uncollected funds subject to uncollected funds limits The overdrawn balance should be negative e Intraday uncollected fund release batch status 15 4 Interface Clearing Details You can invoke the Interface Clearing Details screen by typing IFDCLGDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You can view the details of clearing transactions triggered from PDC using this screen interface Clearing Details Source Code Instrument Number External Reference Batch Number Branch Status Remitter Account Rejected Code Remitter Branch a Advice Required Routing Number Instrument Type Product Remitter Bank Instrument Currency Beneficiary Account Instrument Amount Beneficiary Bank Instrument Date Beneficiary Branch Transaction Date Bank Value Date z Late Clearing Customer Value Date End Point Serial Number B Adjust Amount Contract Reference Old Instrument Amount Entry Number Override Stale Days Din Override Stop Pay Din Date Force Posting Remarks Module Reference Number Error Codes Error Message Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Source Code S
21. 7 1 7 Maintaining Cheque Details You can invoke the Cheque Details Maintenance screen by typing CADCHKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Cheque Details Maintenance Branch Cheque Number Account Number Amount Beneficiary Presented On Remarks Status Not Used o Stopped Date On Cheque Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Branch Code Specify code of the branch where the account for which you need to maintain the cheque details exists from the adjoining option list If you have invoked this screen by double clicking on the Cheque status all details related to the Cheque would be displayed in the cheque details screen If the screen has been invoked from the Application Browser then click on the account number a display field press F7 and enter the account number of this customer whose Cheque status you want to view Then press F8 The details of a Cheque leaf would be displayed Move to the concerned Cheque number record by using the arrow buttons on the toolbar or the lt down arrow gt key of your keyboard You can also invoke the Cheque details by inputting the Cheque number the details of which you want to view The Amount Beneficiary Presented On Date on Cheque are populated from the concerned module from where the Cheque transaction took place You ca
22. Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Schedule Date Select the due date of the schedule from the adjoining option list The list displays all the future dated unpaid schedule of the loan account for which the debit settlement mode of the component is PDC Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment If you enter the fields instrument number frequency no of entries for a bulk input where the check in series flag is not selected an error would be thrown on saving You will be able to upload bulk cheque transactions using file upload Boes ORACLE Once you have entered all the details and saved the contract individual PDC contracts are created based on the activation date and instrument number frequency you have specified for the bulk input The individual contracts become active when you authorize the bulk input and can be viewed through the PDC contract online screen The actions allowed in this screen are Add and Delete Delete is allowed only before authorization Other actions are performed on individual PDCs through the PDC Online screen as explained above 12 2 1 Specifying Project Details Click the Project Details button in the Post Dated Cheques
23. Value Date Specify the date on which the PDC was deposited Loan Account Number Specify the unique loan account number The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers of the CL MO and LE maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Drawer Identification Specify a drawer Id here Cheque Date Specify the date on which the cheque is issued User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field Remarks Specify the explanation for the cancellation of post dated cheque ee ORACLE Event Sequence Number Specify the event sequence number for processing a post dated cheque Source Code Specify the source code for processing a post dated cheque External Reference Number Specify the external reference number while processing a post dated cheque Branch Code Specify the code for the branch that has issued the post dated Cheques Instrument Number This is the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch amp bank 12 3 4 1 Clearing Details In the fields provided enter select the Clearing product Select the product that is ready for clearing Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques Clearing Bank Select the bank that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Clearing Branch Select the branch that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Sector Code Select t
24. You have to indicate the type of charges The options available are e Null Select this option If statement needs to be generated devoid of charge e Fixed Charge Select this option If statement needs to be generated with a fixed amount of charge e Based on date Range Select this option of statement needs to be generated and the charge for the same will be based on the duration of the period selected Difference between the from date and the to date e Online Charge Select this option if the statement needs to be generated and online charge is included Show Linked A C Details Check this box if you wish to show linked account details Dates You have to indicate the type of dates The options available are e Booking Dated e Value Dated Select Multiple Accounts Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers Choose the appropriate one ee ORACLE Print Options You have to indicate the type of print options The options available are e View e Sever Spool From Account Number Specify the account number from which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate number from the adjoining option list that displays all the accounts maintained in the system To Account Number Specify the account number to which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate number from the adjoining option list that displays all the accounts main
25. s complete name However You can modify it if required Here you can enter the nature of the account like current savings overdraft etc If a customer has two or more accounts under one account class you can specify the purpose of that account It is mandatory to enter the account description If the account description is not entered the system will throw an error message However if the type for the error message is maintained as Ignore in the Error Messages Maintenance screen the system will display the customer s full name in this field on saving Refer the Error Message Maintenance chapter of the Funds Transfer User Manual for details on maintenance of error messages Account Type You have to indicate whether the account is to be opened only by the account holder or whether it can be jointly operated os ORACLE Mode of Operation Select the mode of operation from the following options e Single e Jointly e Either Anyone or Survivor e Former or Survivor e Mandate Holder Account Open Date The system displays the current branch date However you need to specify the date on which the account was opened Address Specify the address of the customer Location An address for a customer account is based on the Location and Media combination Location codes maintained through the Account Address Location Type Maintenance screen are made available against this field The address mainta
26. Choose the appropriate one Report Output Specify the report output form required The drop down list displays the following options e Print prints the report e View lets you view the report e Spool spools the report to a specific location Choose the appropriate one PrinterAt Specify the location at which the printer is available The printer can be attached to one of the following a ORACLE e Client e Server Choose the appropriate one Printer Specify the printer using which the report should be printed The option list displays all valid printers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Once you have captured the details click OK The system generates the report with a break up of the group balances with Individual member account details 18 20 1 Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Report Name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Report Run Date Current branch date Report Run Time Current branch time Op ID User ID Currency Branch currency Group Code Group code Group Description Group description Body Field Name Field Description Primary Account Primary account number under the group Number Primary Account Available balance of primary account Balance a Account OD Temporary ove
27. Click Charges button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Charge Details sub screen Charge Details Contract Reference Event Sequence Number Charge Details ail Component Event Currency Amount Status Waiver eaa ORACLE 12 1 5 Viewing Accounting Entries Accounting entries and overrides specified for a particular product default for the individual PDCs entered under that product You can view these for individual PDCs Click Accounting Entries button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Accounting Entries sub screen Accounting Entries amp Overrides W Branch Account Event Debit Credit Amount Tag Code Date Contract Overrides Teala ORACLE 12 1 6 Viewing ICFF Details Click the ICCF Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the ICCF Details sunscreen Main View Details Interest Grace Period Contract Reference Component Currency Event C Waiver Rate Type v Max Rate Max Rate Minimum Rate Minimum Rate Customer Margin Customer Margin Grace Period v C Consider as Discount Interest Period I Interest Period Fixed Rate Fixed Rate Rate Code Ta k Description Description Floating Rate Details
28. Drawer Maintenenace Summary PDSONLIN Post Dated Cheques Transaction Summary STDACCLS Account Class Maintenance STDACRST Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Maintenance STDACSTA_ Monthly account statistics STDADINT Notice utilization query 22 2 ORACLE Function ID Function Description STDCASAC_ Quick Customer Account Opening STDCRSMT Ad hoc Consolidated Statement Request Maintenance STDCULMT Customer Tax Allowance Maintenance STDCUSAC_ Customer Accounts Maintenance STDNTPRD Notice Period Maintenance STSACRST Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Summary STSACSTA_ Monthly Account Statistics STSCASAC Quick Customer Account Summary STSCRSMT_ Ad hoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary STSMAINT Dummy Customer Summary 22 3 ORACLE ORACLE Current and Savings Account June 2012 Version 12 0 Oracle Corporation World Headquarters 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood Shores CA 94065 U S A Worldwide Inquiries Phone 1 650 506 7000 Fax 1 650 506 7200 www oracle com financial_services Copyright 2012 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system adopted or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photographic graphic optic recording or otherwise translated in any language or computer language without the pri
29. Field Name Field Description Customer Number Indicates Customer Identification ID Account Number Indicates Account Number Account Description Indicates Account Details Account Open date Indicates Account Opening Date Mode of Operation Indicates Operation Details Signatory Details Maintained Indicates Account Signature Account Status Status code Indicates Status Code Status description Indicates Status Description Minor Details Is Minor Indicates Customer Minor status Guardian Name Indicates Guardian Name Nominee Name Indicates Nominee Name Maker ID Indicates Maker ID 18 16 Minor Customer Details Report Customer documentation standards for Minor Account are different from a regular Account Minor accounts are also restricted to certain classes of transactions based on the set up maintained at Bank Parameters level You can generate Minor Customer Details Report to view list of minor customers which aid the Bank while auditing and controlling the account This report lists details of all Minor Accounts available in the system for a given branch code maturity type days to attain age and date of attaining the age 18 37 ORACLE You can invoke the Minor Customer Details Report screen by typing CARMICUS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoinin
30. Te ORACLE Ore Escrow percentage specified here will be same for all transactions and will not vary for different credits like cash cheque draft etc 3 2 3 8 Capturing Provisioning Details An account inherits the provisioning parameters defined for the account class it uses You can change the defaulted parameters and make the following specifications as required in the Provision Details section of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Auto Provisioning Required You can indicate whether the provisioning for bad loans in corporate loans and deposits module is applicable for the account If you indicate so the provisioning batch when executed picks up the account for provisioning Exposure Category If the logic for deriving the exposure category of the CIF or customer group to which the customer belongs based on the total exposure has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance then the exposure category of the account is identified If no logic has been maintained you can specify the exposure category in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Risk Free Exposure Amount You can indicate the risk free collateral amount that would be used in computing the provisioning amount for the account Provisioning Currency You can indicate the currency in which the provisioning amount must be calculated either account currency or local currency This specification is defaulted from the preferences for the
31. The account inherits the turnover limit code linked to the parent account class Turnover Limit Code The system displays the turnover limit code applicable to the account Fal ORACLE 3 2 3 13 3 2 4 Specifying Other Options Default Waiver for Maintenance Screen The system checks this box by default to indicate that maintenance charge is waived Sweep In and Sweep Out Batch Processing The Sweep In and Sweep Out process is handled by an EOD batch STSWEEP All the utilized deposit accounts in a day are fetched by the batch STSWEEP due to CASA linkage The amount block is then released to the CASA account by breaking the deposit Sweep In Process During Sweep In Process the system e Releases the amount blocked for the deposit accounts for the utilized amount e Transfers the amount to relevant CASA account e Updates the deposit account balance Other deposits are considered only after utilizing cover account created for account For Example Case 1 During Sweep in Process an amount block will be released for deposit account TD1000011 from an amount of 2000 AED The table below describes the modified amount block TD Acc Amt bik No Block type Amount Effective date Expiry date TD1000011 AB1259 Sweep Deposit 2000 01 Jan 2011 31 mar 2011 TD1000012 AB1260 1000 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 TD1000013 AB1261 10000 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 The following accounting entries will be pas
32. This indicates the Name of the TD account holder Product code This indicates the product code Product description This indicates the product description Branch This indicates the branch code Customer ID This indicates the customer ld Customer Name This indicates the customer name Cheque number This indicates the cheque number Discounted date This indicates the discounted date Cheque date This indicates the cheque date Cheque CCY This indicates the cheque currency Cheque amount This indicates the cheque amount Cheque Status This indicates the cheque status Drawer identification This indicates the drawer identification Drawer Name This indicates the drawer name Drawer bank code for the cheque This indicates the drawer bank code for the cheque Aggregation Fields Field Name Field Description Total cheque amount This indicates the total cheque amount Total Number of cheque This indicates the total number of cheque tela ORACLE 18 7 Cheque Cancellation Report Oracle FLEXCUBE generates a report that contains the details of cheques that are cancelled and revised on a daily basis This report is generated everyday during end of day operations 18 7 1 Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Repor
33. account class used by the account and you can alter it if necessary oe ORACLE In addition to the provisioning preferences listed above you must also indicate the applicable provisioning percentage and the discount percentage details in the Provision Percentages screen that you can invoke by clicking on the Provisioning Percentage button in the Provisioning Details section of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Provisioning Percentage Account Number Provisioning Percentage Details 10710 Status Provision Percent Discount Percentage o Account Number The system displays the customer account number Status Specify the status of the account for which you are maintaining provisioning percentages The adjoining option list displays all valid status codes maintained in the system Select the appropriate one Provision Percent If you wish to indicate a specific provisioning percentage to be applicable for the account you can specify it in the Provisioning Percentage screen If you do not specify any provisioning percentage the provisioning batch picks up the applicable provisioning percentage from the Exposure Provisioning Percentage Maintenance for the exposure category of the account and the account status Discount Percentage If you wish to indicate a specific discount percentage to be applicable for the account you can specify it in the Provisioning Percentage screen If you do not speci
34. with details of status change You can invoke CRR Movement Report screen by typing ACRSTMOV in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CRR Movement Report Branch Code AIl Status All Specific Specific Status Change Type To Date From Date ReportFormat PDF v PrinterAt Client v Report Output Print v Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Select Branch code for which you want to generate the report from the options The following options are available for selection e All Select if you want to generate the report for all the branch codes e Specific Select if you want to generate the report for a specific code If you have selected specific specify a valid branch code for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list Status Select status for which you want to generate the report from the options The following options are available for selection e All Select if you want to generate the report for all status types e Specific Select if you want to generate the report for a specific status eos ORACLE If you have selected specific specify a valid transaction code for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list Status Change Type Select a valid type of status change fo
35. you can specify a number range based on which the customers of your bank will be assigned CIF numbers for identification You can also maintain a dummy CIF number range for a branch The dummy CIF range will be used for account number generation oe ORACLE Refer the Core Services User Manual for details on maintaining dummy CIF number range and its usage for customer account number generation You can view all the dummy CIF numbers linked to a customer in the Dummy Customer Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSMAINT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Dummy Customer Summary Customer Number Dummy Number Advanced Search Records per page 15 M d Customer Number Dummy Number In this screen you can view the CIF number that is associated with each dummy number 3 13 Withdrawal of Funds without Penalty No early withdrawal penalty is charged for the first six days from a time deposit account For this you must maintain an Interest and Charges IC period system data element SDE Days from Start which will indicate the number of days from deposit initiation to withdrawal date While maintaining the penalty formula you can specify a condition to charge penalty only if the value of the Days from Start SDE is greater than 6 days oo ORACLE 3 14 Closing Account When you close an account the system will che
36. you should remove that account from the account structure manually else the system will not allow you to close the account Debiting Transaction into the Primary Account During settlement if there is no sufficient balance in the primary account to cover up the debit cheque amount then the system will check for the balance in the cover account from the account structure and processes as follows e The system will do the partial transaction using the available amount in the primary account e If the settlement is not done fully in the previous level then the system will check for the balance in the cover account to complete the transaction If there is sufficient balance then the system will place an amount block on the cover account for the settled amount e If the primary account and cover account for which the amount block is created are of different currency the system will create an amount block in the cover account currency The system will then debit the settlement amount from the primary account The system uses the Mid Rate for currency conversion In case there is a stop payment on the cheque the validation of stop payment will precede and the settlement will not go through ORACLE 8 2 2 Processing Amount Block The system will use the primary account and cover account amount block to identify the amount block which is created due to debit transaction processing in primary account This process is configured either
37. 1 3 Maintaining Customer Accounts Introduction You can define customer accounts for all the customers of your bank through the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Each account that you define is identified with an account number The structure of the account number is based on the Account Mask you have maintained through the Account Parameters sub screen of the Bank wide Parameters screen The Account Number can be combination of the CIF Number the Account Class Currency and any other alphabet s or number s of the account or currency as defined For an account number you also need to define in this screen other parameters like the account class the type of account joint or single the reporting lines for the account the currency in which transactions can be passed to this account the customer s account limit the check book passbook ATM facility the various statuses applicable to the account and so on Every account created or modified in Oracle FLEXCUBE needs to be authorized to become effective Whenever a new customer account is created or an existing record is modified the system generates a notification message on the record authorization This notification message can be sent to any external system if required a ORACLE 3 2 Maintaining Customer Accounts Invoke the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen by typing STDCUSAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and c
38. Accounts You can query for details of accounts that are overdrawn over limits through the Overdrawn Accounts Query screen Overdrawn Accounts Query Customer Number Customer Account Number Tel Currency z Facility Identifier Liability Number Linked Customer C Linked Account Query Result E customer Number Branch Code Customer Account Number Currency Facility Identifier Liability Number You can view the following information in this screen e Customer Number e Account Branch e Account Number e Account Currency e Facility Identifier e Line ID e Liability Number e Payable Balance This is the available balance after taking limits into account This is the sum of the temporary overdraft and the minimum of the available amount for the line and the sub limit e Uncollected Funds the funds which are pending collection on the customer account e Uncollected Funds Limit e Withdrawable Uncollected Funds this is the uncollected funds that will be released either today or with a value date lesser than today This is determined by your specification for the Withdrawable Uncollected Funds Basis at the branch level subject to uncollected funds limit at the account level or ORACLE If for a branch you have specified the Uncollected Funds Basis as Uncollected then the total of uncollected funds is treated as uncollected funds If your specification is
39. BIC code for the customer will be obtained from the customer address BIC directory MT 110 and MT 111 generated will not have any funding advice The fields 53A and 54A will not be populated for these messages The population of the tags of MT110 and MT111 will be as follows 12 ORACLE 15 1 6 1 MT110 The receiver of MT110 will be the BIC for the customer corresponding to the Nostro a c of the Liquidation product s ARC setup Message Text Message Contents Transaction Reference Number 20 Contract Reference Number of the DD transaction Number of the cheque 21 Instrument Number from the DD transaction Date the cheque was issued 30 Instrument Date from DD transaction Currency and Amount of Cheque 32B Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Payee of the cheque 59 Beneficiary Name MT111 The receiver of the MT111 will be the BIC for the customer corresponding to the Nostro a c of the liquidation product s ARC setup Message Text Message Contents Transaction Reference Number 20 Contract Reference Number of the DD transaction Number of the cheque 21 Instrument Number from the DD transaction Date the cheque was issued 30 Instrument date from DD transaction Currency and amount of cheque 32B Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Payee of the cheque 59 Beneficiary Name Mapping between Common Payment Gateway Fields a
40. Bank Code and the description of the bank e The Currency in which the instrument is being issued e The instrument type e The DAO Draft Advice Outstanding branch where the instrument is being issued from e The DAO account which will get credited for the instrument issued as per the currency and DAO branch e The parameters for the instruments issued by another bank ie ORACLE gt gt gt The code for the branch issuing the instrument The description for the branch The DAO branch where the instrument is being issued from The DAO account which will get credited for the instrument issued as per the currency and DAO branch gt The payable limit for the instrument issued on behalf of another bank You can set a limit for each instrument type Any instrument of this type which has denomination above this limit will be rejected by the system 13 4 Entering Instruments Transactions You can initiate instruments transactions in the Instruments Transaction Query screen You can invoke the Instruments Transaction Query screen by typing DDDQUERY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button instruments Transaction Query Instrument type Issue Branch Instrument Number Instrument Date Instrument Currency Remitter Account Remitter Account Branch Reissue Remarks Beneficiary Name Address Country Narrative Process Stat
41. Bulk Input screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Unit ID Deposit Slip Number Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No oles ORACLE Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment 12 3 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input You can query view and delete the transaction details of the post dated cheques bulk inputs in the Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSBULKYI in the field at
42. CADAMBLK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Amount Biock input New Account Block Details Branch Amount Block Number Account Effective Date Amount Expiry Date Amount Block Type FLEXCUBE Reference No Hold Code Hold Description Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Account Number Specify a valid account number of the customer for which you wish to maintain an amount block The adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the selected transaction branch You can select the appropriate one Sequence Number The system automatically displays the amount block sequence number Amount Specify the amount to be blocked Effective Date Specify the date from which the amount block is effective For CASA amount block type the effective date is the branch current date os ORACLE Expiry Date Specify the date on which the amount block is released so that it is available for withdrawal to the customer For CASA amount block type there is no expiry date Amount Block Type Select the amount block type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e FLEXCUBE e Switch e PreAuth e Escrow e System e CASA indicates an amount block that is created due to debit transaction processing in Primary
43. Data Element Values Product Code Account Class Branch Code Currency Code Effective Date Rule Description Description Accrual Frequency Currency a Product Accruals Description a Rate Chart Allowed Liquidation Days Months Years User Data Elements 40fo gt gt I User Element User Element Value Rate Code TD Rate Code Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status For details about the screen refer the chapter Giving UDE Values for Condition in the Interest and Charges User Manual In this screen you need to maintain the following UDEs for the different IC products Assume that you have maintained the following interest products Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Debit Interest on Current Accounts Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Interest Liquidation before month end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer Interest On Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer Charge On Less Average Balance 21 3 1 Interest on Saving and current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 oa ORACLE NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT1 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 TAX1 21 3 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 NOR
44. EEEE ENER EEES ENE EEE EEEE 18 45 18 20 GROUP BALANCE REPORTS esnips E e EE EEA r EE EE Ea EEE ERA 18 48 18 20 1 Contents Of the REPOTE 2 200 ceecsseisanrdencesteasaievesdvbdneseusn sonsenanunedsesoepsdeoeseoutsescesedentensadsssenvedsbcenwey 18 50 18 21 VAT IDEDUCTION REPORT 2 55 sxisvasstistessseesoseeseviacvacvokosvansvsessssvssensnnredesssenasunshsssdessnsvesuneeaswieysuse chabuneevers 18 51 18 211 Contents Of The REPO c csiscescsectsoisenedancenneassiesesdvddnessusnddossensoeedcodeepsdebeceoudenseassdeniensadsssedvedeocenwey 18 51 18 22 CUSTOMER DE DUPLICATION REPORT c cccssesssesesssesscseesscseeescesesesesessessecsesesessessssaeseuesesseseeenesseaegs 18 53 18 22 1 CONLENES Of the REPOTE cccs issccecasuitensdentestenssieansdvainvesiens iae Nea ARNE E EREE E a NRC aiai 18 53 19 ANNEXURE A ccscssssssssccsnssccsesssescsssnessssnesscssesesssssnssssensssnsncesessssosssssnessssnescossessossnssnessssnessessossoseeess 19 1 19 1 INTRODUCTION ocscussssesscacssvesnssvssssuncouasuns seevessvcsuvsntescsnconcestesesvassnesse saevvevsessnsendseuteuseaiceses oceveedecabesceduveneewees 19 1 19 2 FORMAT OF PD_PDC_CAN MESSAGE TYPE cccccsssssssssssesssesessevsssssssscnsscesesessusssssaseessensesssesseseessaseees 19 1 20 ANNEXURE B ACCOUNTING ENTRIES ccsssscsssssssssssscsssssssscssssessssssesssssssssssssesssssessessessenees 20 1 20 1 ACCOUNTING ENTRIES AND ADVICES FOR CASA wu cccccccccsesecssesscseseseseecesssecesesecsesesesese
45. IOSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOSR ACR_ADJ 2 IOSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IOSR PNL_ADJ 1 IOSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOSR PNL_ADJ 2 IOSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOSR INCOME EXPENSE A C IOSR PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IOSR INCOME EXPENSE A C IOSR PNL 2 FORMULA 2 IOSR TPBL_ADJ 3 IOSR TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 IOSR TPBL 3 IOSR TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 PAST_DUE_ACCOUNT Past Due Account CLG_BRIDGE_GL Clearing Suspense GL 20 5 Event wise Accounting Entries for Products You can set up various IC products for handling customer accounts Some representative products are listed below Interest e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 20 5 ORACLE Debit Interest on Current Accounts Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Interest Liquidation before month end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Charge on Less Average balance Dormancy Charge On Accounts Ad Hoc Statement Charge Cheque Book Charges e Cheques Returned e Credit Turnover e Debit Card Blocked e Debit Card Issued e Debit Turnover e Number of Transactions e No of Account Statements e Stop Cheque Charges e Turnover e YTD Cr Turnover e YTD Debit Turnover e Year End Transfer e Year to date No of Transactions 20 5 1 Accounting Entries for Interest P
46. Last Overdraft Transaction The system displays the last overdraft transaction amount for the month Days in Debt The system displays the number of days in debt for a month Monthly Debit Average The system displays the debit average for a month Monthly Debit Average is the sum of all Debit Transaction amounts for a month divided by the number of days in a month Days in Excess OD The system displays the days in excess overdraft for the month Monthly Average The system displays the monthly average for the month No of Overdrafts Da ORACLE The system displays the total number of overdrafts for a period of six months Days in Credit The system displays the number of days in credit for a month Monthly Credit Average The system displays the credit average for a month Monthly Credit Average is the sum of all Credit Transaction amounts for a month divided by the number of days in a month 3 18 Querying Account Details You can query and view the account details using Transaction Enquiry screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDBLINQ at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Transaction Enquiry IE Enter Query Account Number Statement Period Branch Code Statement Period Transaction Start Date Account Description Current End Date Prior Account Details Account Purchase Line Balance Details Customer No Limit Currency Available Balance Name Coun
47. Maintenance Notice Preferences screen refer to the preceding section titled Maintaining Notice Preferences for Withdrawal For more details on the Account Class Maintenance Notice Preferences screen refer to the section Maintaining Notice Preferences in the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information of this User Manual These Notice Accounts are linked to the Notice Period maintained at Account Class Customer Account level for the withdrawal of amount from the account The account holder should provide a notice of specified days months to the bank to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount Once the notice period is crossed the notice becomes active and the customer can withdraw the noticed amount during the validity period of the notice For example if the Notice Period is 3 months then the customer should inform the Bank 3 months in advance about the amount the customer wants to withdraw from his account The noticed amount can be withdrawn at one go or in several installments within the notice validity period window After the validity period expires the status of the notice remains closed Note the following e The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer on his credit balance in the account e If the customer does not withdraw his free amount during any month he is not allowed to carry forward the same in the subsequent month You have
48. Number Customer Id Indicates Customer Number Customer Name Indicates Customer Short Name Checker ID Indicates Checker ID oe ORACLE Field Name Field Description No of Days Indicates Number of Days the account is in the current status Account Status Indicates Account Status From Status Indicates the Status from which the account moved to the current status 18 14Variances Maintained Today Report When a customer opens an account the system updates interest rates based on those maintained at the Product level However branches can have an account level variance You can generate Variances Maintained Today Report to inform branches about the variances maintained for that day This report lists details of CASA and TD accounts for which the interest variances are maintained for the day You can invoke the Variances Maintained Today Report screen by typing STRSPCON in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Variances Maintained Report Branch Code Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Date Specify the date for which you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar TERE ORACLE Report Format Select the format in
49. Number of credit transactions for that month Closing Balance Month end closing balance of that account 18 5 ORACLE Total Balance The balance of account including the limit uncleared uncollected funds No of Returned Cheques Total number of cheques returned on the account for that month Debit Interest Month END IC Debit interest liquidated for that account only will be considered N S F Number of transactions which could not be completed owing to Insufficient Balance in the account for the month CHG BLE TR Number of chargeable transactions for the month DB CHK RTD Number of cheques returned for the month Debit AVG Debit average for the month Days in Debit Number of days in debit for the month Monthly Debit AVG Debit average for the month Credit AVG Credit average Days in Credit Number of days in Credit for the month Monthly Credit AVG Monthly credit average XOD AVG Excess overdraft average for the month DAYS XOD Number of days in excess overdraft for the month MNTH AV Excess overdraft average Number of times gone into Overdraft Number of times the account went into overdraft for the month The balance is shown in terms of the account currency 18 6 ORACLE 18 5 Account Statement Reports You can get the details of the account statement reports using Account Statement Reports screen Yo
50. You can maintain tax free allowance limit at the customer account level The allowance limit at account level will be used only for Interest computed on the account 4 2 Maintaining Customer Account Tax Allowance You can access this screen by typing STDCULMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen appears as shown below Customer Tax Allowance Maintenance New Enter Query Customer Tax Group Description Customer Number Customer Name Tax Category Description From Date To Date Limit Currency Limit Amount Remarks Input By Authorized By Modification Number WB Authorized Open Date Time Date Time Specify the following details Customer Account Number You need to specify the customer account for which you wish to maintain Tax Allowance Limit The customer name will be displayed alongside a ORACLE Tax Category Specify the Tax Category for which you wish to maintain tax allowance limit at the customer account level The description appears displayed alongside Customer Number You need to specify the Customer Number for which the Customer Account Tax allowance Limit is being defined Customer Name The customer name will be displayed alongside From Date You need to specify the date from which the customer account tax allowance limit is effective To Date You need to specify the date up to which the customer account
51. a Debit Notice Code a Charge Start Advice Liquidation Days Advice Days Liquidation Mode Free Period Restrictions Branch Currency Restriction Customers Categories Reg Deposit Auto Deposit Amt Block Statement Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to maintain the following details Account Type You need to maintain two records for one choose Savings and for the other choose Nostro Account Statement Format Choose ACST_DETAILED for Savings type of account class and Nostro type of account class ret ORACLE 11 2 3 Maintaining Message Types You can invoke the Message Type Maintenance screen by typing MSDMSTYP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Message Type Maintenance Module Message Type Description Priority Normal Maximum Message Count Swift Messages SWIFT Message Type For Product Setup Generate at input Consolidated Message Type Show in product Input By Date Time Modification Number Authorized Open Authorized By Date Time You need to maintain eight records with details given below Sr Module Message Type SWIFT Message Consolidation Message No Type Type 1 AC ACST_BALANCE MT941 ACST_DETAILED 2 AC ACST_DETAILED ACST_DETAILED 3 AC ACST_DETAILED2 ACST_DE
52. accounts requiring a balance account statement As discussed previously the time for generation of the statement is determined and specified In case of no subsequent transactions reports the statement is not generated 3 2 31 3 Assigning Balance Statement as Job The balance statement can be facilitated to run as part of a scheduled job as part of the Oracle jobs initiated during processing The Jobs Browser screen of the application provides you the facility to run the balance statement as a synchronized task subject to specified time intervals in hours ee ORACLE Invoke the Jobs Browser screen from the application typing CSSJOBBR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button Jobs Browser Job Module Process Status Advanced Search ecords per page 1 15 oO Job Module Process Process Sequence Number Status N Stopped T Running H Halted Select the option Generate Balance Report from the Process option list All associated accounts of the particular branch that have been marked for generation of balance statements are procured by Oracle FLEXCUBE The debit and credit accounts considered since the previous issue of an MT941 MT942 are picked up for the current processing The previous messages are based on the parameters maintained for each account This processing produces details of the statement generation 3 2 31 4 Generation of Ad hoc Repor
53. adjoining arrow button Amount Block Maintenance Customer Number laz Customer Name Account Details E E Account Available Balance Amount Blocked No Debit O o Amount Details ull Sequence Number Amount Effective Date Expiry Date Remarks lt Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open In this table you maintain all amount block details enforced for a customer account Any number of amount blocks can be enforced for an account The following information will be available in this screen e All the accounts maintained for the customer e The available balance in each account e Active amount blocks if any e Whether the account is marked for no debit Full Amount Block option is Cheques e The user defined fields UDFs associated with the Customer i e the UDFs mapped to the function id STDCIF e You can also do a query based on the UDFs ORACLE e In addition to viewing the amount block details for an account you can also define new blocks or modify the details pertaining to existing amount blocks if any You can also use this screen to mark the account for no debits e You can specify the following for anew amount block e Amount for which the block has been enforced e Period for which this block should remain effective e Any remark applicable to this amount block It could be the purpose for which the block has been enforced 9 1 5 Mainta
54. arrow button Ad hoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary oe Authorization Status wv Record Status a Reference Number GE Customer Number GEH Branch Code GH Process Status LH Reset Records per page 15 101 E Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Customer Number Branch Code Request Type From S r E E r A E E r E r r E r r E v P You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Customer Number e Branch Code e Process Status Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Customer Number e Branch Code e Request Type e From Date a ORACLE e To Date e Request Date e Process Date e Process Status 11 2 7 Maintaining Automatic Consolidated Statement Requests You can maintain statement requests of customers who would require consolidated statements on an automatic basis using the Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Maintenance Reference Number o E State
55. at post EOTI level or at BOD level The system will process as follows e Remove the amount block from cover account e Debit the cover account for the amount of Amount Block e Credit the parent account for the amount of Amount Block Example Consider the following details Initial Account Structure A1 the primary account A2 the cover account Level Account Current Balance Available Balance USD USD 0 Al 1000 1000 1 A2 2600 2600 Level Account Available Balance Amount for USD Settlement USD 0 Al 1000 1000 1 A2 2600 1500 Let us assume that a cheque for 2500 is check if there is sufficient balance in above table since A1 is short of 1500 A2 which has sufficient balance to follows to be cleared from account A1 The system will account A1 to honour the cheque As per the the system will move on to the cover account settle the transaction The structure will be as Since the remaining amount to be settled is zero system will d ORACLE e Debit 2500 USD from Account A1 e Credit 2500 USD in payable GL e Update the receivable amount for A1 as 1500 e Make amount blocks on account A2 for 1500USD and reduce the available amount in the account by the same amount So the final structure will be as follows Level Account Receivable Ami USD Available Balance USD Current Balance USD Amount Block Placed USD Al
56. below shows how the amount will be contributed to each credit line or Collateral Pool or liability Serial Customer Liability Linkage Linkage Percentage Amount No No Type Ref No Contribution Contributed 1 Nakheel Nakheel FACILITY OD_LINE_N 60 120 2 Emmar Emmar FACILITY OD_LINE_E 40 80 3 78 ORACLE 3 DubaiW DubaiW FACILITY OD_DW 100 200 Please note that if the credit line is not maintained for Joint venture then the system will track the utilization at liability level only 3 2 25 Specifying Joint Holder Details You can capture details of joint holders of the account using the Joint Holders screen Click the Joint Holders button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen Joint Holders Branch Code Account Customer No List of Joint Holders 10f10 EO Joint Holder Code o Description Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date Branch The system displays the branch code of the current branch Account Number The system displays the account number here Joint Holder Code This field specifies the code numbers assigned to each of the joint holders of this account Description This is the description of the joint holder Here you can enter the name of the joint holder and also his relationship with this customer Joint Holder Type Specify the type of a
57. book is issued All the branches maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE are displayed in an option list Select the branch code from the option list Account No This is the nostro account maintained with other banks If this Account is involved in a deal settlement the type of instrument associated with the account will be defaulted in the Instrument Type field of the Settlement Message Details screen invoked from the Contract Online screen of a front end module You can associate a settlement account with one instrument type only The branch in which the nostro account resides is defaulted on selection of the account number If you select a GL the current branch is defaulted a ORACLE No of Leaves Specify the total number of Cheque leaves in the Cheque Book you are defining Cheque Book No This is the number of the Cheque Book maintained for the Instrument Type These numbers will be unique for a specific branch and instrument type Lpad Required The user has an option to specify whether the instrument numbers have to be left padded with zeroes If you enable this option the instrument numbers will be prefixed by zeroes By clicking Status button you can view the status of each instrument Ft Upload As discussed earlier Oracle FLEXCUBE offers you the facility to print a consolidated Cheque for a counterparty module and instrument type combination If you choose to print a consolidated Cheque you are also
58. button instrument Type M Ne Instrument Master Instrument Type CFT upload Branch C Left Padding Required Account Cheque Book Number No Of Leaves Account Branch FT Details FT Upload Account FT Upload Product FT Account Branch aput E D ORACLE All the consolidated Cheque s that are printed and for which the Ft Upload option is selected get uploaded when this process is run Click Exit or Cancel button to execute the upload process The system generates an Ft Contract Ref No for each transaction contributing towards the consolidated Cheque amount and credits the Ft Upload Account with each amount individually thus keeping a track of all such transactions 15 1 5 Associating an Instrument Type with a Settlement Instruction If the settlement account of a settlement instruction is the nostro with another bank the settlement instruction is automatically associated with the instrument type associated with the nostro It is displayed in the Instrument Type field of the Settlement Message Details screen You can also select a different instrument type from the option list provided The instrument type will get defaulted only if you associate the liquidating event with the advice tag PAYMENT _MESSAGE 15 1 6 MT110 and MT111 Generation MT110 and MT111 will be generated from Instruments module e MT110 is generated
59. cheque books marked for automatic reorder This file will then be sent to the Cheque Book printer If you select the Include for Cheque Book Printing option then the system will include the details of manually reordered Cheque Books as well in the file to be sent to the printer Automatic reordering of Cheque Books will be triggered based on your specifications maintained for an account in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Refer the Core Entities User Manual for more details on the maintenances required for the same Specifying the value of the UDF Cheque Type When maintaining Cheque Book reordering parameters you also have to specify the type of cheque that you would like to order This is captured in the field Cheque Type which is maintained as an UDF Refer to the User Defined Fields User Manual for details on defining UDFs Click Fields button in the Cheque Book Details screen toolbar to invoke the User Defined Fields screen User Defined Fields Details Field Name Value o os ORACLE The UDF Cheque Type will be displayed in this screen Select the appropriate value from the option list provided The possible values are e J 20 page x 3 5 Personal e K 40 page x 3 5 Business e P 40 page x 3 5 Business e L 40 page x 3 5 2 Part e R 80 page x 3 5 Business 7 1 3 Viewing the Status of a Cheque For each cheque book issued to a customer the syst
60. chequebook based on the number of leaves outstanding This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Cheque Book Check box Reorder Cheque Level This field specifies the level at which the re order of chequebook should happen Re ordering of the check book is possible only if the unused cheque leaves is equal or less than the re order level This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Re order of Chequebook checkbox 3 13 ORACLE Reorder No of Leaves This field specifies the number of leaves which should be ordered for the new chequebook This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Re order of Chequebook checkbox Cheque Book Name1 amp Cheque Book Name 2 Specify the name mentioned in the cheque book while printing the cheque leaf Max No of Cheque Rejections The system defaults the value of maximum number of cheque rejections that can be allowed for an account from the account class However you can modify it at the account level Note the following e If Max No of Cheque Rejections is not maintained at customer account maintenance system will not mark the cheque facility to N for any number of cheque rejections e Ifthe bank resets the check book facility to Y which was earlier updated to N by the system because of violation of max no of check rejections the cheque rejection count will be taken by the system freshly e An over
61. collected a Cl Limits Tracking Required P You can initiate the movement of funds to collect manually and can enter the Reference number of the clearing transaction Transaction Reference Number Specify the Transaction Reference Number of the post dated cheque Tes ORACLE Product Code From the option list of product codes that you have created in the Product Definition screen specify the PDC product code that has to be used for the Cheque Remitter Account Number This is the account which has to be debited for clearing the Cheque Depending on the PDC type you can select the following values for the remitter account e If the PDC type is Own A c PDC the remitter account should be a valid customer account e If the PDC type is PDC issued by the bank the remitter account can either be a GL or Nostro account e If the PDC type is External PDC the remitter account should be a valid GL Beneficiary Account Number This is the number of the account in favor of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account number here The beneficiary account can either be a valid customer account or a valid GL Amount and Currency From the option list select the currency in which the PDC is denominated Also specify the amount of the PDC
62. comp gt _LIQD CR Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG CR PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG DR Customer PD_CHG_TAG DR PD_PULLINC PD _CHG_TAG CR Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr 12 52 ORACLE 12 9 2 Purchase Event CPUR Cheque Discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event RADJ Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event RADJ Customer lt Charge comp gt _LIQD Dr lt Charge_comp gt _REC lt Charge comp gt _LIQD Cr 12 53 ORACLE 13 Instrument Details 13 1 Introduction Instrument transactions entered through an Oracle FLEXCUBE branch are stored in the host Oracle FLEXCUBE database through the Instrument details screen The Instruments module of Oracle FLEXCUBE provides for the maintenance of appropriate reference information which would enable entry of instrument transactions from an Oracle FLEXCUBE and also enable you to view and enrich transactions that have been entered through a Branch The accounting and charges details for combinations of product customer branch and currency that will be applicable for instruments transactions must be m
63. e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 21 3 7 Stamp Duty Taxation 21 4 You need to maintain value for the UDE STAMP_DUTY under this product In addition to specifying how the SDEs and UDEs are connected through the formulae you also need to define certain other attributes for a rule using the Interest and Charges Rule Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRLMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Specify the following parameters in the Formulas section of the Interest amp Charges Rule Maintenance screen Debit Credit Select Debit from the Debit Credit list Book Flag Select Booked from the Book Flag list Periodicity Select Quarterly from the Periodicity list Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result CURRENT_BAL lt 0 CURRENT_BAL STAMP_DUTY 1 IC Rates Maintenance You can maintain rate codes for branches using the Interest and Charges Branch Availability Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRESTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 21 28 ORACLE IC Rate Code Branch Availability E Branch Restrictions Allow Di
64. e Personal e Corporate System will check the data duplication for the selected fields Note the following e System performs the de duplication check for all existing customers against the latest available de duplication condition maintained at the bank level e System performs the de duplication check for the new customers during customer creation and for existing customer during customer reopening as well as if the de duplication rules are updated e System performs de duplication check for customers uploaded through Excel and also for customers created through BPEL e System allows modifying the de duplication rule condition if and whenever required Reconciliation of MT110 with Incoming Cheque Transactions MT110 Message is received by the drawee bank from the correspondent bank as a confirmation of the cheque issuance When the cheque is received in the drawee bank system reconciles the message with the inward clearing transaction in the system ov ORACLE 3 7 1 Processing MT110 Incoming Message After receiving the MT110 message system stores the message details in a data store with the status as U and tries to resolve the payment account from the Sender s Correspondent Receiver s Correspondent field 53a or 54a if present If the MT110 Reconciliation required flag is chosen for the account then the system stores the message details for reconciliation in a data store and the below reconciliation pr
65. explains how you can maintain accounts in your bank for customers Chapter 4 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit explains how you can maintain tax free allowance limit at the customer account level Z ORACLE Chapter 5 Maintaining Cheque Book Details gives information pertaining to the maintenance of Cheque books issued to customers Chapter 6 Maintaining Account Structure gives details about maintaining account structures Chapter 7 Maintaining Amount Blocks gives details on maintaining amount blocks placed on customer accounts Chapter 8 Maintaining Stop Payment Details explains how you maintain details of stop payment instructions on Cheques issued by customers Chapter 9 Generating Account Statement explains the maintenances for account statement generation Chapter 10 Processing Post Dated Cheques describes how Oracle FLEXCUBE processes post dated Cheques Chapter 11 nstrument Details explains how the reference information needed for entry of instrument based transactions in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Branch system can be maintained Chapter 12 Annual Percentage Yield for CASA accounts explains how Annual Percentage Yield APY on customer accounts is processed in Oracle FLEXCUBE Chapter 13 Instrument Type Maintenance amp Consolidated Cheque Printing explains how codes for different instrument types are maintained Chapter 14 Glossary gives a list of important terms used
66. following details get displayed Account Description Passbook Number Status To create report the following report related parameters need to be selected Report Format Report Output PrinterAt Printer Click Ok to generate the passbook report based on the given parameters os ORACLE 7 1 7 Maintaining Cheque Book Details Introduction In the Cheque book details table you can maintain details of Cheque books issued to your customers In addition you can view the status of each Cheque whether used cancelled rejected or if a stop payment has been issued against it When Cheque based transactions are initiated in the Data Entry or Funds Transfer modules the system updates the amount and date of the transaction in this table If a Cheque has been cancelled by the customer or has been returned unpaid by you this event can also be captured with the Stop payment table where you maintain your customers instructions for stop payment For each Cheque the system maintains a history of the Cheque status For instance a customer requests a stop payment revokes it and subsequently this Cheque is paid by you over clearing You can view the three events on this Cheque in the Cheque Details table The Cheque book details table is maintained by the individual branches Maintaining Cheque Book Details You can invoke the Cheque Book Maintenance screen by typing CADCHBOO in the field at the top ri
67. following details under this section e Event Number Event sequence number e Event Date Date of the event e Event Code event code of the transaction e Description event code description Tee ORACLE 15 4 2 1 Viewing Accounting Entries You can view accounting entries in the Events screen Click on Accounting Entries button to invoke Accounting Entries screen Accounting Entries Reference No Accounting Entries 10710 Event Branch Account Number Amount Tag o Le Reference Number System displays the transaction reference number here Event System displays the event code of the transaction here Accounting Entries System displays the following details under this section e Branch Account branch code e Account Account number e Dr Cr C Indicates Credit and D indicates Debit e Amount Tag Amount Tag of the transaction e Currency Account currency e Foreign Currency Amount Amount in foreign currency e Local Currency Amount Amount in local currency e Date Date of the transaction e Value Date Value date of the transaction e Code Transaction code nes ORACLE 15 5 Maintaining Online Charges for Products Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to maintain charge products and events Online Charge Product Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCHGMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clic
68. here The beneficiary account can either be a valid customer account or a valid GL If you specify a Trust account you will have to specify project details in the Bulk Input Details section Beneficiary Name The system displays the name of the specified beneficiary based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Instrument Number Specify the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch and bank Amount Specify the amount of the PDC ola ORACLE Account Number Specify the loan account number linked to the PDC The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in CL MO and LE modules of Oracle FLEXCUBE You can choose the appropriate one For this loan account if the customer pays an advance instalment or makes an early settlement the system will delete the outstanding cheques A report of such cancelled cheques is generated on a daily basis Remarks Specify the reason for cancellation of post dated cheque DP amount Specify the discount amount The full amount of the PDC will be the discount amount Issuer Bank Specify the name of the bank of the issuer Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques Activation Date Specify the date of activation of PDC Purpose Specify the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Location of Cheque Specify the location wher
69. in detail in this section You can define the attributes specific to a PDC product in the PD Product Definition Main screen and the PDC Product Preferences screen In these screens you can specify the product type and set the product preferences respectively For further information on the generic attributes that you can define for a product please refer the following Oracle FLEXCUBE User Manuals e Products e Interest e Charges and Fees e Tax e User Defined Fields e Settlements ieee ORACLE In the Product Definition screen you can also enter the following Product Code Specify the code for the product This is a code for the specific PDC product that you are creating Product Description Specify a brief description for the product code Product Type Select the type for the product from the option list provided The first attribute that you define for a product is its type For a PDC product the product type is PD Description Specify a brief description for the product type Slogan Select a slogan or a marketing punch line for the product Product Group Select the product group to which you wish to assign the PDC product Products can be categorized into groups based on the common elements that they share Associating a product with a group will facilitate retrieval of information of a class of products at one stroke You can maintain Product Groups in the Product Group Definition screen invoked from the Ap
70. is required for the account This will be defaulted from Account Class Maintenance screen However you can modify it The Consolidated Statement and Generate Message are mutually restricted Generate Message Only on Movement Check this box to indicate that the interim statement generation is required only if additional entries have been posted subsequent to the previous interim statement generation This will be defaulted from Account Class screen however you can modify it Report Transaction Since This section lists all the transactions of the interim account statement which are supposed to be reported This will be defaulted from Account Class screen however you can modify it You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT942 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT942 would be sent in the current interim statement e Previous MT940 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT940 will be sent in the current interim statement If this option is selected you will have to specify the cycle of account statement to be considered nee ORACLE Debit Dr and Cr Amount Specify the minimum transaction amount for the debit transaction to be eligible for reporting in the interim statement The corresponding amount for the account currency will be defaulted However you can modify the amount defaulted If the amounts are no
71. need to have rights for that particular branch otherwise you cannot query the account details Period Start Date Specify the statement period start date of current statement period End Date Specify the statement period end date of current statement period After specifying the search parameters press F7 to enter query and F8 to execute query in order to view the account details Account Details System displays the following details under Account Details section e Customer No e Name e Currency e Product e Status ee ORACLE Account Purchase Line System displays the following details under Account Purchase Line section e Limit Currency e Counterparty Limit e Utilized Counterparty Limit e Limit Expiry Date Balance Details System displays the following details under Balance Details section e Available Balance e Available Balance with Limits e Last Statement Date e Last Statement Balance e Opening Balance e Accrued Interest Cr e Accrued Interest Dr Transactions System displays the transactions depending on the Statement Period selected and displays the following details under Transactions section e Transaction Date e Value Date e Description e Instrument Code e Branch Debit e Credit e Running Balance System displays the following details e Transaction Initiation Date e User ID owes ORACLE e Authorization Id e Batch Number e T
72. on the same day for the same account a single notification will be sent which will have the details of all the related documents Remarks 1 to 10 Specify the additional information if required Capturing Additional Details You can capture additional details for the account by clicking the following buttons in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Button Function Interest This invokes the IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen Charges This invokes the Account level charges conditions screen Consolidated Charges This invokes the Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions screen BIC This invokes the Authorized SWIFT BICs for Customer Account screen Instructions This invokes the Account Operating Instructions Maintenance screen Standing Instructions This invokes the Instruction Diary Summary screen Linked Entities This invokes the Linked Entities screen REG This invokes the REG Details screen Account Status This invokes the Status Details screen Restrictions This invokes the Products and Transaction Codes Restriction screen Currency Limits This invokes the Limits screen MIS This invokes the Management Information System screen Statement This invokes the Statement Details screen Limits This invokes the Account Limits screen Joint Ho
73. recalculated when a particular schedule day is shifted If you do not select this option then the original schedule is maintained This Cheque box is enabled only if you have chosen to allow bulk input of PDCs PDC Realization Select the type of PDC realization from the following options e Auto Select this option for the automatic movement of funds to collected as a batch on the Customer Float day Manual Select this option for the manual movement of funds to collected Hert ORACLE 12 1 4 Entering Details of Post Dated Cheques You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen by typing PDDONLIN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input Transaction Reference Product Code Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Amount Value Date Loan Account Number Drawer Identification Cheque Date Schedule Date Remitter Account Description Beneficiary Name Authorization Status Clearing Details Clearing Product Issuer Branch Clearing Bank Clearing Branch Sector Code Down Payment Cheque Status Operation To Date From Date Charge Payable Details Purpose Charge Branch Event Sequence Number Source Code External Reference Branch Code Instrument Number Currency Remarks User Reference
74. records Authorization Status Record Status Description Customer No Currency Account Class No Debits No Credits Stop Payments Dormant Account Open date Alternate Account Number Cheque Book Pass Book ATM Account Number Account Type Frozen MT110 Reconciliation Required Branch Code Account Project Account 3 108 ORACLE 3 5 Viewing Customer Account Sweep History details You can view Customer Account Sweep details in the Customer Account Sweep History Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDSWHIS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Sweep History Details Branch Code Account Number Account Currency Current Balance Mudarabah Sweep Details 10710 O Order of Linkage Account Number Linked Percentage lt Mudarabah Sweep History 10710 Branch Account Number Operation Transaction Date o kl Linked Amount Transfer Amount In the above screen you can base your queries on following parameters and fetch records e Branch Code e Account Number Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed If you are allowed to query sweep details for the account then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Order of Linkage e TD Branch e TD Account Number e
75. reduce the deposit accounts balance to the extent of the transferred amount Account Currency Event Dr Cr Amount Amount Tag TD1000011 AED INIT DR 2000 TXN_AMT TD100453002 AED INIT CR 2000 OFS_AMT Account Currency Event Dr Cr Amount Amount Tag TD1000012 AED INIT DR 1000 TXN_AMT TD100453002 AED INIT CR 1000 OFS_AMT eee ORACLE Account Currency Event Dr Cr Amount Amount Tag TD1000013 AED INIT DR 7000 TXN_AMT TD100453002 AED INIT CR 7000 OFS_AMT The deposit account balance is given as below gt TD1000011 will be 6000 AED gt TD1000012 will be 4000 AED gt TD1000013 will be 13000 AED Sweep Out Process During Sweep Out process the system e Check for the credit balance in the CASA account e Transfer the credit balance or the linked amount to the relevant deposit account e Updates the utilized amount for the transferred amount Other deposits are considered only after utilizing cover account created for account For Example Case1 CASA account TD100453002 Account CCY AED Application Date 02 Jan 2011 Account Currency Balance 4000 Linked deposit details are as follows Order Of Deposit Deposit Linked Deposit Linked Utilized Linkage account Currency Percentage amount Amount amount 1 TD1000011 AED 40 10000 4000 4000 2 TD1000012 AED 20 5000 1000 1000 3 TD1000013 AED 50 200
76. required to keep a track of the individual amounts that have contributed towards the consolidated Cheque You can do a Ft upload to achieve this When the upload is run the suspense GL is debited for the consolidated amount to credit the miscellaneous GL Ft Upload Account discussed later Internally the system provides the break up of the consolidated amount The Ft Upload function is run after the consolidated Cheque is printed You can configure the upload function to be run as part of the EOD process Only on selection of the FT Upload option the following fields are enabled FT Upload Product You can associate an Outgoing Ft product to all the transactions that need to be uploaded When the upload function is run at EOD the system creates a corresponding Ft Contract Reference Number for each transaction and stores it internally Therefore all the uploaded contracts will be identified by the Ft Cont Ref No in addition to the original Cont Ref No If you reverse the original contract the system displays the corresponding Ft contract reference numbers also You have to reverse the Ft Contract Ref nos manually If a Cheque has already been printed you are required to cancel the Cheque manually save and authorize the cancellation and then proceed with reversal FT Upload Account This is the miscellaneous GL that is credited with the consolidated Cheque amount when an Ft upload occurs The suspense GL Account associated with t
77. so you can employ any of the following means e Select the operation you want to perform by selecting the appropriate radio button in the Fund Selection section e Select the release option either Automatic or Manual in the Option section If you specify an automatic release option specify a To Date 15 2 1 3 Using the Amount Details Section Alternatively you can also choose to retrieve transactions of a particular customer related to a particular customer account or a particular release status uncollected funds or released funds pending authorization You must then use the fields in Amount section to make your specifications for retrieval In this section in any of the fields you must press lt F7 gt to enter a value as a search criterion and then press lt F8 gt to execute the search When you use the Account section to retrieve a transaction the radio buttons in the Fund Selection section are disabled and cannot be used The operation selected in the Release Status field can be performed If you are using the fields in the Amount section to retrieve transactions you can specify the debit or credit account involved in the transaction in the Amount field Any transactions that match your selection are displayed in the lower grid portion of the screen 15 2 1 4 Selecting a Transaction for an Operation After you have retrieved the transaction the following details of the transaction are displayed e The Available Dat
78. tax allowance limit will be applicable The End Date should be greater than or equal to the Start Date You can also leave the End Date blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended Limit Amount You need to specify the allowance amount for the customer account The utilization of the allowance would be tracked against the customers and the minimum allowance available at the account level Limit Currency This indicates the currency of the tax allowance amount for the selected customer account The currency appears by default from the Customer Tax Allowance screen and cannot be changed Remarks You may specify any comments you wish to record pertaining to this screen ie ORACLE 5 1 5 Maintaining Stamp Duty Taxation Introduction You can collect stamp duty from the customers on the closing debit balance of the current accounts at the end of every quarter Each branch maintains this amount in their GL and then transfers the amount to the HO The HO consolidates the amount received from all branches and pays it manually to the government You need to uncheck the option Available Balance Check Required in the Transaction Code Maintenance Screen STDTRCOD to force debit the stamp duty amount for the transaction code used in the accounting entries The System Data Element CURRENT_BAL is used to obtain the closing balance of an account The User Data Element STAMP_DUTY is used to define the for st
79. the additional identifier details This includes the Name and Value Adding a narrative You can specify an appropriate narrative for the transaction in this field This narrative is used in the account statement generated for the customer account net ORACLE Maintaining clearing details Click Clearing button to invoke the Clearing Transaction Input Detail screen where you can capture the details for the outward clearing instrument Branch Product Code Batch Number Remitter Details Customer Account Country Instrument Details Draft Serial Number Instrument Routing Number Bank code Branch Code Sector Code Instrument type Date Details Transaction Date Instrument Date Bank Value Date Customer Value Date Reg CC Detail Remarks LBL_CLEARING_TXN_QRY Direction Reference No C Late Clearing Cl Consider For Reg CC Special Avail Entry Number End Point External Reference Beneficiary Details Customer Account Country Account Details Currency Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Account Currency Amount Exchange Rate DIN Document Identification Number Date Module Details Module List Module Description Reference No ESN Reject Reason Status Transaction Tanked m Accounting Entries Maker ID Checker Id Contract Status Authorization Status Date Time Date Time The information you cap
80. the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box 21 17 ORACLE Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAY VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt AMOUNT2 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAY Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M gt AMOUNT3 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M lt AMOUNT3 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS YEAR 100 21 18 ORACLE 21 2 6 Charge as Dr Interest when the Balance is Less than Minimum Average B
81. the chapter Maintaining Interest Rules in the Interest and Charges User Manual You can maintain rules for the following e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Debit Interest on Current Accounts e Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Charge as Dr Interest when the balance is Less than minimum average balance e Dormancy Charge 21 2 1 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e YEAR e VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Elements Type NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT 1 Amount 21 2 ORACLE AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNTS3 Amount TAX1 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen Formula Number KOLE Periodicity Daily Formula Number Book Flag Booked DaysinaYear Actuals v Debit Credit Debit v Days in a Month Actuals v Rounding Required Accruals Required Interest Method Default From Currency Definition
82. the debit and credit turnover and the interest details The turnover limit details of an account include the current financial period currency utilized and unutilized limit balances Click Amounts and dates button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Amounts And Dates Branch Code Account Opening Daily Turnover Dr Daily Turnover Cr Current ACY Uncollected Withdrawal Uncollected Funds Blocked Receivable Available Unutilized Amount Total Available Provision Amount Auto Deposit Balance Sweep Eligible Balance Unauthorized Tanked Uncollected Debit Dr Credit Cr Uncollected Unauthorized Debit Dr Credit Cr Uncollected Cr Opening Daily Turnover Dr Daily Turnover Cr Debit Dr Credit Cr Current LCY Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due Charge Due Debit Credit DR Activity CR Activity Unauthorized Tanked Dr Unauthorized Tanked Cr Unauthorized Tanked Uncollected Turnover Limit Details Current Period Currency Maximum Credit Turnover Allowed Deposited In Current Period an ORACLE 3 2 2 1 Viewing Total Available Balance Details The total available balance displayed by the system includes the initial funding amount and unutilized line amount in case the customer enjoys an OD limit Example The customer account has a line with an amount of USD 50 000 linked to it Case Account has a Credit bal
83. the salary account which should be selected for loan recovery on salary credit By default this option is unchecked a ORACLE IBAN Required Check this box to capture the details of the IBAN account for a specific customer IBAN Account Number Specify the IBAN Account Number To capture the details of the IBAN account click the M button The IBAN details sub screen will be displayed In this screen you can capture the IBAN Account Number as well as the bank code of the bank where the IBAN account resides The bank code and account number that you specify in this field will be validated against the Bank Code and Account Number masks maintained in the Branch Parameters screen If the account Number that you capture is less than the length of the mask and the mask happens to be numeric the system automatically appends a zero to get the required length After you specify the Bank Code as well as the Account Number the system calculates the check digit based on the Country Code Bank Code and Account Number combination Alternate Account Number You have to define an alternate account number for the account you are defining The alternate account number that you specify should be unique for each customer You can capture the old account numbers used by your bank before installing the Oracle FLEXCUBE system The old account numbers would be mapped with the new account numbers This would facilitate quick tracking of the accoun
84. the status from the adjoining option list The system defaults the current status of the passbook from account number Reason Enter the reason for applying a new passbook The History tab gets populated on clicking Populate button Refer the section Maintaining Passbook Details in the chapter titled Maintaining Passbook in this User Manual for details about the Passbook Status Change Screen Note the following e On closing the account the passbook status is automatically changed as Account Closed and no further status changes can be made on the same account e Modifying the status of the passbook will not impact the Account status of the corresponding account e Printing is allowed only for the open accounts and at least once authorised accounts with passbook facility Passbook Reports You can invoke the Passbook details screen by typing CARPASBK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 8 ORACLE Passbook Details Branch 002 Passbook Number Account g Status Account Description Report Format Printer At Client v Report Output Printer Branch Code The system defaults the branch code as current branch code Account Select the account from the adjoining option list It displays all active account numbers for which at least one passbook has been issued Based on the selected account
85. the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input Summary Authorization Status z Record Status l z Transaction Reference Number Loan Account Number Advanced Search ecords perpage 15 E Authorization Status Record Status Transaction Reference Number Sector Code External Reference Number Of Entries Product Code Authorization Status A Authorized U Unauthorized Record Status C Closed O Open Here you can query on post dated cheques transaction details based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Transaction Reference Number e Record Status e Loan Account Number ols ORACLE Account Number Specify the unique account number that should be queried The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers of the CL MO and LE maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Transaction Reference Number Sector Code External Reference Number of Entries Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Instrument Number Currency Issuer Bank Issuer Branch Charge Branch Charge Account Number Charge Currency Account Number Remarks Processing of PDCs that y
86. the transaction e The charge account typically the income account that you have specified in the charges section of the ARC Maintenance e The details of the charge such as currency and the transaction code used to post charge entries and whether netting is required The amount of the charge is computed by the system and displayed You can choose to alter the charge amount here 13 4 5 Processing Outward Clearing Instruments When you liquidate outward clearing instruments you need to enter the following details e The charges being collected on behalf of the collecting bank e The collection bank accounts You only need to specify these details if your bank is collecting charges on an outward clearing instrument on behalf of the collecting bank as specified in the ARC Maintenance 13 5 Exempting Tax on Interest Earned on Deposit Accounts Deposit Interest Retention Tax DIRT is payable on interest on deposit accounts Customers belonging to certain customer categories for example charities and non residents can be exempt from paying DIRT Refer to the user manual for the Tax sub system for details on exempting interest earned on Current and Savings accounts from DIRT oh ORACLE 14 Annual Percentage Yield for CASA Accounts 14 1 Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to calculate the Annual Percentage Yield APY on customer accounts and display the APY on account statements so as to enable your customer to c
87. this currency is displayed on the screen When you opt for a consolidated charge product all the consolidated charge parameters defined for the selected product are defaulted to the account for which the product has been linked You can change the default in respect of the following parameters Minimum and maximum charge Discount percentage and discount amount Currency The charges would be consolidated in the currency defined for the selected consolidated charge product and this currency is displayed on the screen Minimum You must indicate the minimum charge that can be applied for the account Maximum You must indicate the maximum charge that can be applied for the account Open By default each charge consolidation charge setup that you set up is enabled and active You can also disable the setup by checking the Open box Waive Charges You can choose to waive consolidated charges for an account Discount Amount In this field you can indicate the flat discount amount if any which would be applicable for the consolidated charge calculated for the account After the discounting has been applied the Maximum and Minimum validations are performed Alternatively the discount if any which is applicable can be specified as a percentage of the calculated consolidated charge amount Discount Percentage You can indicate the discount percentage if any which would need to be applied to the calculated charge After the dis
88. to the system date but can be changed to any future date You cannot enter back dated contracts The Instrument amount being paid through each instrument The currency in which the instrument amount is expressed Payable bank specified in the instrument Payable Branch the instrument is issued against Remitter Specify the name of the remitter or the third party The country location of the remitter also needs to be specified The country information is captured to enable Mantas to analyze the transactions for possible money laundering activities 6 ORACLE For more details on Mantas refer Mantas interface document e The Branch Account number and currency of the account that is being debited for making the payment towards the instrument The account number is a customer account number if the payment is made by a debit to the remitter s account It is the number of a clearing account GL if payment is made through Cheque or other GL for cash payments e The Expiry Date of the instrument transaction This is defaulted as the instrument date the tenor as defined for the instrument type You can change this date e Exchange Rate If the account currency is different from the currency in which the instrument amount is expressed you can specify the exchange rate that will be used in the Exchange Rate field The exchange rate maintained for the two currencies is defaulted you can change it e SSN this is the social security
89. tracking should be checked Note the following e Limit utilization will get updated at liability level Drawer level and for drawer customer level e Limit tracking for customer will be tracked against limit line captured in Customer Cheque Discounting screen e Limit tracking for drawer would be tracked against the overall limit for the Liability id captured at Drawer Maintenance screen e Limit tracking for drawer customer combination is tracked against the line id captured at Customer Cheque Discounting screen Credit Line Select the credit lines to be used for limits tracking from the adjoining option list The credit lines maintained in the system for the customer are listed here The lines maintained for the customer is fetched by the system for the beneficiary account number and is allowed only for the CDIS CPUR operation The limit will get reduced to the extent of the cheque amount when the cheque is discounted and if it exceeds the limit attached an override will be thrown on saving jee ORACLE When the PDC transaction is either reversed after liquidation or cancelled before liquidation the limit line reduced during discounting of the Cheque will get update to the extent to which it was reduced 12 1 4 6 Viewing Charges Parameters Charge parameters specified for a particular product default for the individual PDCs entered under that product You can view these charges for individual PDCs
90. transactions e Debit average e Credit average 3 20 Viewing Customer Account Balance You can view the balance and account status of a customer account from any customer account field of any screen in Oracle FLEXCUBE To view the balance and account status you need to select the customer account and press F11 For e g to view the account balance information and account status of the credit account that you have selected in the Funds Transfer Contract Input screen place your cursor in the credit account field and press F11 Funds Transfer Contract Input New amp Enter Query Product Instruction Code Version Number 4 of gt Product Description Source Code FLEXCUBE Contract Reference sence Ree number Message Reference Transaction Type Code Number User Reference Book Date Main Party Details Other Details Settlement Details Settlement Route Debit Credit Debit Currency Credit Currency Debit Amount Credit Amount Debit Branch Credit Branch Debit Account Credit Account Debit account Description Credit Account Debit Value Date Description i Debit IBAN Credit Value Date Debit Spread CHAUA Debit Spread Date Credit Spread External Deal Linkage CESEN Number Deal Reference Number Exchange Rate Details Spread Code 1 Spread Rate Type Spread Definition Base Rate Customer Spread Exchange Rate Charge Claim Settlements MIS Customer Cover Details All Messages Change Lo
91. will be effective from the start of the current liquidation cycle Here you can specify the following collateral details Collateral Type Select the collateral type from the options available The options available are as follows e Term deposit e Collateral e Unsecured collateral Note the following e f collateral type is chosen as TD or unsecured collateral then the system first creates collateral for the TD s or unsecured collateral automatically and then creates the collateral pool during authorization of the OD Account e On automatic rollover of TD s linked to the OD Account the latest rate of the associated float rate code will be applied The fields Applicable interest rate Rate of Interest for the OD account will be updated automatically during rollover of TD e f collateral type is chosen as collateral during creation of OD account and if interest rate is not available in collateral then the interest spread entered by the user will be considered as Rate of interest for the OD account e f TD is linked as collateral then during auto creation of collateral pool the expiry date will be considered as the maturity date of the TD During auto rollover of the linked TD the expiry date will be automatically updated as the next maturity date of the TD Collateral Specify the Term deposit or the collateral which needs to be linked to the overdraft account from the adjoining option list Multiple TDs
92. will be fired A validation will be done for the operations while saving the PDC transaction Amount Specify the Purchase discount amount The full amount of the PDC will be the discount amount Cheque Status Select the status of the cheque from the adjoining drop down list The available options are 12 1 4 3 Normal This is a normal cheque which is not discounted purchased For this you should choose the null option Discounted This status is set to Discounted when the operation is selected as Discount Purchased This status is set to Purchased when the operation is selected as Purchase Collection When a normal cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC Collection after Discount When a Discounted cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC Collection after Purchase When a Purchased cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC Returned When the cheque is dishonored rejected the status of the PDC would be updated to Returned Passed When the status of the funds is marked as collected the status of the PDC will be updated as Passed Pullback When the pullback operation is performed the cheque status will be Pullback Interest Computation Dates Select the appropriate dates for interest computation from the adjoining list te ORACLE From date Select the date from which the interest computation has to start from the adjoining calendar button These
93. will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No alts ORACLE Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment 12 1 8 Specifying Limits Click the Limits button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Linkage Details screen You can capture multiple credit lines in this screen Linkage Details Transaction Reference PDC Linkage Details E Customer Number Linkage Type Linked Reference Linkage Percentage Linkage Amount o Facility i Specify the following details Customer Number Specify the customer number The adjoining option list displays all the valid customer names maintained in the screen You can choose the appropriate one Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Facility credit line e Pool e Collateral Linked Reference Specify the linkage reference number based on the type o
94. you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list is displayed 265 ORACLE e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday e Sunday To specify for monthly statements enter a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle 399 ORACLE Generate Stat Only On Movement You can ind
95. 0 2500 00 30 1 04 EUR 005 Amount 01 09 05 until 30 09 05 01 10 2 Free 2000 00 2500 00 500 00 12 0 08 EUR 005 Amount Remaining days so that total penalty days is 90 TOTAL 4 60 EUR Example 2 Calculation of Penalty interest with notices full utilization In this illustration the withdrawal amount is fully exhausted through free amounts and notices Credit interest rate Penalty Interest rate Notice period Free amount per month Available notices 2 00 0 50 90 days 2000 EUR Notice Initiation date Notice Activation Date Notice amount 26 04 2005 25 07 2005 3000 07 05 2005 05 08 2005 3000 22 05 2005 20 08 2005 3500 3 115 ORACLE Let us assume that the free amount for July is not utilized yet l e Free amount available for July is 2000 EUR Customer withdraws EUR 8 500 00 on 17 07 2005 The following table describes the calculation of Penalty Interest in this case Date Type Notice Amount Basis Penalty Penalty Free Free Passed Amount for Days Interest Amount Amount Penalty Amount Available Calculation Notice 17 07 2005 Free 2000 00 8500 00 6500 00 8 0 72 Amount 17 07 05 EUR until 24 07 05 25 07 2005 Notice 3000 00 6500 00 3500 00 7 0 34 Amount 25 07 05 EUR until 31 07 05 01 08 2005 Free 2000 00 3500 00 1500 00 4 0 08 Amount 01 08 05 EUR until 04 08 05 05 08 2005 Notice 3000 0
96. 0 1500 00 0 Amount TOTAL 1 15 EUR Se ORACLE 3 10 Maintaining Notice Period for Withdrawal You can specify the notice for withdrawal of amount from the accounts using Notice Period Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDNTPRD at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Notice Period Branch Code Customer Account Number Initiation Date Notice Id Activation Date Validity Period End Date Notice Amount The following details are captured in this screen Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account Number Specify the account number for which you wish to maintain the notice period Initiation Date Specify the date on which the notice is initiated After specifying the initiation date click Default to display the Notice Id Activation Date Validity Period End Date and Notice Amount The system defaults the following fields based on the Notice Preferences you maintain at the Customer Account level Activation Date The activation date gets defaulted based on the account number and initiation date entered This is the date from which the notice period becomes active However you can modify this date anne ORACLE 3 11 Validity Period The validity period of the notice as maintained in the Notice Preferences screen at the ac
97. 00 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 3 2 5 Specifying Nominee Details Click Nominee tab in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen in order to capture nominee details for the account Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer No Customer Name Account Branch Code aj Private Customer Currency Account Class SD User Reference Main Auxiiary RRB Check List Nominee Details 4 100f01 p Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 a Minor Joint Holders Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Statistics Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Deposit Linkage Change Log Maker Date Time Checker Guardian Name Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details 3 32 ORACLE Name Specify the name of the nominee of the account Date of Birth Specify the date of birth of the account nominee Relationship Specify the relationship that the nominee shares with the primary account holder Address 1 to 4 Specify the address of the nominee Minor Check this box to indicate that the nominee is a minor less than 18 years old Guardian Name In case the nominee is a minor specify the name of the nominee s guardian Relationship Specify the relationship that the nominee shares with the guardian
98. 00 10000 7000 In the above scenario the amount to be replenished will be 4000 AED as the account currency balance is less than the sum of the linked deposit accounts utilized amount 220 ORACLE The following accounting entries will be passed to top up the relevant deposit account based on the order of their linkage and to reduce the account currency balance to the extent of the transferred amount Accordingly the account currency balance for the account TD100453002 will be zero or negative Account Currency Dr Cr Event Amount Amount Tag TD100453002 AED DR INIT 4000 TXN_AMT TD1000011 AED CR INIT 4000 OFS_AMT Utilized amount of the link deposit details will be updated as given below based on the order of linkage Order Of Deposit Deposit Linked Deposit Linked Utilized Linkage account Currency Percentage amount Amount amount 1 TD1000011 AED 40 10000 4000 0 2 TD1000012 AED 20 5000 1000 1000 3 TD1000013 AED 50 20000 10000 7000 Case 2 CASA account TD100453002 Account CCY AED Application Date 02 Jan 2011 Account Currency Balance 10 000 In the above scenario the amount to be replenished will be 8000 AED since the sum of the linked deposit accounts utilized amount happens to be lesser than the account currency balance Referring to the example in the processing section during sweep out process the system will do the fol
99. 00334401 Account Desc REGULAR SAVING STATEMENT Account Class Normal current account class Account Currency Great Britain pound Statement From 01 OCT 11 To 31 ocT 11 Account Open Date 01 OCT 11 OPENING BALANCE CREDIT 5 000 00 AVAILABLE BALANCE 5 000 00 STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT 02000334401 Statement From O1 ocT 11 To 31 ocT 11 PAGE 1 REFERENCE Book Date value Date withdrawal Deposit INTEREST O2OINRPGBP 00001 12 OCT 11 05 OCT 11 41 10 TAX OZOINRPGBP 00002 12 OCT 11 05 ocT 11 2 06 Immediate Credit 0209875112930001 20 OCT 11 20 ocT 11 1 000 00 ACC NO REFERENCE DATE LOAN CHARGES DESC AMOUNT Rollover Date Principal Interest Rollover Amount Old Maturity Date seq No Rollover Type Totals 2 1 041 10 No AND CREDITS 2 CLOSING BALANCE CREDIT 6 039 05 AVAILABLE BALANCE 5 039 05 UNCOLLECTED BALANCE 0 00 BLOCKED BALANCE 0 00 PREVIOUS AVG MTHLY BAL CREDIT 5 421 10 CURRENT AVG MTHLY BAL CREDIT 6 039 05 PREVIOUS AVG QTRLY BAL CREDIT 5 000 00 CURRENT AVG QTRLY BAL CREDIT 5 830 83 UNAUTH ENTRY R REVERSAL Rollover Type P PRINCIPAL I PRINCIPAL INTEREST or PRINCIPAL PROFIT T INTEREST or PROFIT S SPECIAL vuv End of Statement Closing Balance AS OF 01 Nov 11 5 041 10 5 039 05 6 039 05 New Maturity Date AMOUNT 11 11 ORACLE 11 2 6 Maintaining Ad Hoc Statement Requests You can maintain ad hoc requests for consolidated statements raised by custo
100. 11 14 ANNUAL PERCENTAGE YIELD FOR CASA ACCOUNTS seessecccesccescecsseossecscecscecsoesocesocesecesese 14 1 e S INTRODUCTION P E E EE E E EE T E 14 1 T444 Specifying the APY Basis irensruninannieopnn nanao RTR 14 1 15 INSTRUMENT TYPE MAINTENANCE AND CONSOLIDATED CHEQUE PRINTING 15 1 HY MRO UON r A EE EE E ENEE 15 1 15 1 1 Defining Instrument Types irsiesesresrsesirensesrussessrrnesrnourenesreesusssneroveseanorsesoeerivneseuesensrsesouesrnse asi 15 1 15 1 2 Viewing the Cheque Leaf Number and Status ccccccccsccssesscesesssesecssesecuseeecsseeeesaeeaeesecaceeceeeeeseaseneeas 15 4 15 1 3 Defining Cheque Details issen senscciesoissceiornantseyeniness neoensedersenioaensensetooisenesuoseniedstin ee ina en eaei 15 4 LSTA E E 8 22 E E E E E E 15 5 15 1 5 Associating an Instrument Type with a Settlement Instruction n osseseseseneeeeeereeererrreerere 15 6 15 1 6 MT110 and MT111 Generation o cccccececeeccccccccecceeseesccccceseessscscesccecsesssuscesscessesessecsscsscsesesseeescesesseseees 15 6 15 2 MANUAL PROCESSING FOR UNCOLLECTED FUNDS cccsescecececeesessececececeessseeesececeesenseaeseeeceeesnssaseeeees 15 11 15 3 INTRA DAY RELEASE OF UNCOLLECTED FUNDS cccseessssssecececeesesececececeesseseaeceeseeeseseaeseeececeesesaeeeeees 15 13 15 3 1 Querying for Details on Overdrawn ACcountsS sessesesesseseeseeeseereeresrsrrerrsreeerresrnserrreresrrererresrese 15 14 15 4 INTERFACE CLEARING DETAILS ccsssscsece
101. 2 CHAV TPBL 2 CHAV TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 2 ae ORACLE Accounting Role Description CHG_INCOME CHARGES INCOME DORM ACQUIRED 1 DORM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 DORM PNL_ADJ 1 DORM PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 DORM INCOME EXPENSE A C DORM PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IBSR ACCR 1 IBSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IBSR ACCR 2 IBSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IBSR ACQUIRED 1 IBSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IBSR ACQUIRED 2 IBSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IBSR ACR_ADu 1 IBSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IBSR ACR_ADJ 2 IBSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IBSR PNL_ADJ 1 IBSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IBSR PNL_ADJ 2 IBSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IBSR INCOME EXPENSE A C IBSR PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IBSR INCOME EXPENSE A C IBSR PNL 2 FORMULA 2 IBSR TPBL_ADu 3 IBSR TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 IBSR TPBL 3 IBSR TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 IOCC ACCR 1 IOCC ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCC ACGR 2 IOCC ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 lIOCC ACQUIRED 1 IOCC ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCC ACQUIRED 2 IOCC ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 lIOCC ACR_ADJ 1 IOCC ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCC ACR_ADu 2 IOCC ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 20 3 ORACLE Accounting Role Description IOCC PNL_ADu 1 IOCC PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCC PNL_ADJ 2 IOCC PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCC INCOME EXPENSE A C IOCC PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IOCC INCO
102. 524164 524165 524166 524167 524168 02 Feb 2010 Citi Bank M G Road 123456789 Status Cancelled Cancelled Cancelled Cancelled Cancelled Cancelled The above said Cheques has been cancelled 121 ORACLE 19 1 ORACLE 20 1 Accounting Entries and Advices for CASA 20 Annexure B Accounting Entries This Annexure lists the suggested event wise accounting entries that can be set up for the Interest and Charge product applicable for the CASA module of Oracle FLEXCUBE 20 2 Events You need to set up the following events for an Interest product Event Code Event Description ILIQ Interest Liquidation IACR Interest Accruals UDCH UDE Values Change CDIS Cheque Discount You need to set up the following events for a Event Code Event Description CLIQ Charge Liquidation 20 3 Amount Tags The following amount tags are available Charge product Amount Tags Description IACR Interest Accrued CHARGE Charge Accrued IACQUIRED IACR_ADJ Interest Accrual Adjustment ILIQ Interest liquidation TAX Tax Accrual ORACLE Amount Tags Description TAX_ADJ Tax Adjustment 20 4 Accounting Roles Accounting roles for CASA are defaulted by FLEXCUBE in a following manner SAXX accounting role type X SAXX represents the IC rule ID you have maintained and attac
103. Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Cheque Book Request screen Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Details Branch Account First Check Number Check Leaves Cheque Book Type Order Date Order Details Language Code Request Status Requested v You will be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Cheque Book Request check box in the Customer Account Maintenance screen ai ORACLE Branch The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Account The system displays the account number First Check Number Specify the number of the first cheque leaf of the cheque book Check Leaves Specify the number of cheque leaves in the cheque book Cheque Book Type Specify the cheque book type The adjoining option list displays the cheque types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Order Date The order date gets defaulted as the current date However you can change the same Order Details Specify the order details Language Code Specify the code of the language The adjoining option list displays all valid language codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Request Status The value of this will be defaulted to Requested status Click on Ok to save the cheque book request details oe ORACLE 3 2 34 3 Specifying Card Request Details Click on the Card Request button in the Customer Account Maint
104. Accounts e Bulk Salary The option System indicates a system generated amount block equivalent to the external deal amount maintained in the system You cannot modify a System type of amount block During debit transaction processing Oracle FLEXCUBE will use Mid Rate if the primary account currency and cover account currency are different Remarks Specify remarks about the amount block if any Reference No The system generates a unique reference number upon saving the record Note the following e For system generated amount blocks corresponding to external deals Oracle FLEXCUBE Reference number automatically generated in External Deal linkage screen gets defaulted here e The system generated Escrow amount blocks are identified with an unique original transaction Reference No e You are not allowed to modify or close Escrow Amount Blocks Hold Code Specify a valid hold code The adjoining option list displays all valid hold codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Hold Description The system displays the hold code description a ORACLE 9 1 3 For system generated amount blocks corresponding to external deals the description maintained at Hold Code Maintenance screen for Hold Code Type External Deal gets displayed here For more details related to external deal maintenance refer Core Services User Manual Viewing Amount Block You can view
105. Available Amount The system displays the total available balance inclusive of limit amount for the selected account Past Due Account Branch Specify the past due account branch code This adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Past Due Account Specify the customer past due account This adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Past Due Account Currency Specify the past due account currency Available Amount The system displays the available balance for the selected account Drawer Details Drawer Identification Specify the drawer identification This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one You can as well attach multiple drawer identification Drawer Name The system displays the drawer name tee ORACLE Customer Drawee Line ID Specify the limit line for customer and drawer combination This adjoining option list displays all valid limit lines maintained for the liability Id You can choose the appropriate one 12 9 Viewing Customer Cheque Discount Summary You can query view the customer cheque discount details of the post dated cheques in the Customer Cheque Discounting Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSCHDMT in the field at
106. BK_ Lodgment Book Maintenance CADSPMNT Stop Payment Input CADSTRUC Account Structure Maintenance CARPCKDT CASA Cheque Details Report CARPSPMT CASA Stop Payment Report CASAMBLK_ Amount Block Summary CASSTRUC_ Account Structure Maintenance Summary CODHOLDT Hold Maintenance COSHOLDT Hold Summary CSSJOBBR Jobs Browser DDDPRMNT Instrument Product Maintenance DDDQUERY Instruments Transaction Query 22 1 ORACLE Function ID Function Description ICDRATES Interest amp Charges Rate Input ICDRESTR Interest amp Charges Branch Availability Maintenance ICDRLMNT Interest amp Charges Rule Maintenance ICDUDVAL Interest amp Charges User Data Element Maintenance IFDCLGDT Interface Clearing Details IFSCLGDT Interface Clearing Summary ISDINSMS Instrument Type Maintenance LMDCUSLT Customer Account Limits MSDADVFT Advice Format Maintenance MSDCUSAD Customer Address Maintenance MSDMSTYP Message Type Maintenance PDDBULKI Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input PDDCHDMT Customer Cheque Discounting Maintenance PDDDWRNMT Drawer Maintenance PDDDWRST Drawer Status Maintenance PDDMANLQ Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation PDDONLIN Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input PDDPRMNT Post Dated Cheques Product Definition PDSBULKI Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input Summary PDSCHDMT Customer Cheque Discounting Summary PDSDWRMT
107. Borrow Lend Indicator The following fields are displayed here Reset Tenor Reset Tenor Rate Cycle Type Grace Period Contract Reference Number Component Currency Event Rate Type Maximum Rate Minimum Rate Customer Margin Interest Periods Interest Amount Interest Amount Spread Spread Acquired Interest Acquired Interest Denominator Basis 366 Basis Minimum Spread Minimum Spread Maximum Spread Maximum Spread Margin Margin Effective Profit Rate Interest Basis Rate Code Usage 12 16 g v Accrual Required 30 Euro 360 M w ORACLE e Fixed Rate e Rate Code e Description e Interest Amount e Spread 12 1 7 Specifying Project Details Click the Project Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Unit ID Deposit Slip Number Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system
108. Collaterals can be linked to a single OD Account a ORACLE Branch The system displays the branch code of the TD or collateral Available Amount The system displays the available amount of the TD or collateral Linked Amount Specify the linkage amount The linked amount should not be greater that the available collateral amount Applicable Interest Rate The system displays the interest rate applicable to the TD or collateral on choosing the collateral Interest Spread Specify the spread amount which will be used to calculate the rate of interest If collateral type is chosen as unsecured collateral then you should input the interest rate in the interest spread field On saving the system defaults the rate of interest same as interest spread Rate of Interest The system displays the interest rate applicable to the OD Account Collateral Category Specify the collateral category using which collateral will be created from the adjoining option list If collateral type is TD or collateral then only secured collateral category will be displayed in the option list If collateral type is unsecured collateral then only the unsecured collateral category will be displayed in the option list You can De link or Add new TD Collateral For existing collaterals system supports modification of linked amount and spread The modification will be effect from the start of the current liquidation cycle Hair Cut Specify the
109. Current and Savings Account Oracle FLEXCUBE Universal Banking Release 12 0 June 2012 Oracle Part Number E51527 01 ORACLE FINANCIAL SERVICES ORACLE Current and Savings Account Table of Contents 1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL 10 cccccescscscesecencsecsssscsesssnsssssnessssnessesscsssssssnsssssnessesncssessssessossnesssssessossossosenese 1 1 Wee INTRODUC TION eeii a e E T ARENA ONORE EG T 1 1 E AUDIENCE pirssin scvuas tac a EEEN EA O AEE SO EENEN 1 1 L3 ORGANIZATIONS osii iyinin E NAE EEEE EEES OEE AA EEE ERGE EE 1 1 LA RELATED DOCUMENTS eicases fs 3 cvsleakeaetstoueetscdseorss sucePestossensitoseersstvsersussacersstoseoststouslstsscovaarisrsacetectotcsntitors 1 2 HS GLOSSARY OR TOON aoei rar NEE A EEN E A NEEE NEE E 1 2 2 CASA AN OVERVIEW csccccsssssscsscsscssssscsssncsscsnessesssssssssssnsssssncssessssscssenessssncssesscssossossnssssssessessessesonsse 2 1 Zs INTRODUCTION 252235 c35e5checstescacbocs ch eteescontbocs coucgteisalegees ooqepeescoucpoes coucpeeksateneescd NEE ERE AENEA EEE 2 1 2 1 1 Maj r Features irisa teu tures tune steqousieetesueswen vexensndsuvadte EE AE E EE EE guuttcontvineytes 2 1 2 1 2 Maj r PUNCHIONS sevsisscccsninciin dou tix ested steneu E E AOA EE EEEE E E EE E uu EN 2 2 3 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS eeseseeeseesossesesesceeerosoesesecosoesoroesesesoesoroeoeseseeoesoroesesecesoesoroeseseseee 3 1 Sal IN TRODUCHION 3 secccseree cteccvesusbensticsacsveicees stb aecusiievedesbantaessivcut
110. DETAILS OF THE INSTRUMENT ccceesesseceeeceesesseaesecececeessaaecececessesseaeseceesesesennsaeseeess 13 2 LZ21 Entering DD Details ua cccccscsnsenstcsazceesncasneasinssvenceubevsnstesenssesedesehessuvesidn ibaveh shatewssiesedanshebbedesnnevbatedessea ed 13 2 13 2 2 Maintaining Instrument Types for Outward Clearing Cheques scccsccesseesseesseeseeeecesscesscnsecnseenes 13 3 13 3 MAINTAINING INSTRUMENT TYPES FOR OTHER BANKS ccccccesssssscecececeesesnececececeessscecececeesenseaeeeeeeeenes 13 4 13 4 ENTERING INSTRUMENTS TRANSACTIONS ccssssssssccecsesessececececsesssececececeeseseaecececeesssaeseseceesenenseaeeeeseeenes 13 5 13 4 1 Viewing the Accounting Entries sccccccsccsseescesseeeceeecesecesecesecusecaaecaseesaeeseeeseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeaeensecnaeenas 13 9 13 4 2 Charges for the Instrument 1 cccccesccsseesseesseeeeseeeeeceeecesecusecaecuaecaaecaaecaeeeseesseeeseeseeeseeeaesnaeenaeenaeenas 13 9 1343 BiGuidating he DrGftSiccsicscissecsotevcsoceentecitesincesstous ae ivcbien E E A stoveonsensasounsdanse cdantesctees 13 10 1344 Charges for the Instrument 0 0 ccccccccecceeseeseescesecesecusecsecusecaaeeseeeseeeseesseeseeesesesecaeceaecsaecaaeeaaeeasees 13 10 13 4 5 Processing Outward Clearing INStruments ccccecccscesccssesscesessesecseesecnseeecnseeseesecseesesseeeesnaseeeeaeeaes 13 11 13 5 EXEMPTING TAX ON INTEREST EARNED ON DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS c sccccecsessssseeceeeceesesseaeseecceceessasaeeees 13
111. Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA1 gt AMOUNT1 TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX1 100 FORMULA1 lt AMOUNT1 0 21 2 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Leave this box unchecked SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M e YEAR UDE Maintain the following UDEs 21 16 ORACLE User Defined Elements Type NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNT3 Amount Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from
112. Document Type Mandatory Checked Remarks Remarks MIS Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status In the Check List tab you need to specify the following details Document List Document List contains the information about the documents submitted to the bank for various purposes You need to specify the following details Document Type You can select the documents that are maintained in the account class oe ORACLE Mandatory Check the box if the document is mandatory Checked Check the box if the document is checked Remarks Remarks contains the additional information of the document notifications You need to specify the following details Remarks Specify the additional information of the document notifications if any After providing the necessary information click the Save button to save the information provided The information is saved differently in the following scenarios e If the auto authorize is enabled for the corresponding account the system will save and authorize the account e If the auto authorize is disabled for the corresponding account the account will be saved in unauthorized status The authorizer will query the newly created account in Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to authorize the same 3 21 3 Specifying MIS Details You can capture Management Information Sys
113. Document Upload sub screen is displayed below Document Upload Document Upload 10 ee iM Document Category Document Type Document Reference Remarks Upload vi m ADDRESSPROOF gt BANK STATEMENT a3 iS E Document Upload Document Path D FCUBS12 Accessibility Browse _ In the Document Upload sub screen specify the corresponding document path and click the Submit button Once the document is uploaded through the upload button the system displays the document reference View Click View to view the document uploaded 3 2 24 Specifying Od limits Here you can specify the following Customer No Specify the customer number to link the credit line You can link customer of the account or customers linked as a part of joint venture Liability No The system displays the liability number of the customer Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Facility credit line ous ORACLE e Collateral Pool e Collateral Linkage Ref No Specify the linkage reference number based on the type of linkage You can specify the following e f you have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e f you have selected linkage type as Collateral Pool then you have to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field e If you hav
114. Elements Operators Value Date of Last Maintenance The current system date is also displayed Instructions Specify the instructions to be borne in mind when operating a customer account Conditions At the time of maintaining an instruction you can also specify a condition for displaying the instructions when transactions pertaining to this account are being processed The instruction will be displayed to you when the condition is satisfied ae ORACLE 3 2 13 Specifying Standing Instruction Details You can capture details of standing instructions for the account using the Instruction Diary Summary screen To invoke this screen click the Standing Instructions button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen instruction Diary Summary 1010 C Authorization Status Record Status Instrument Number Unit Type Unit Value Here you can view the following details e Authorization status e Record status e Instruction number e Unittype e Unit value e Branch code e Instruction e Instruction type e Execution days e Execution months e Execution years e Month end flag e Holiday rule e First due date e Next due date e Next execution date 3 51 ORACLE e Condition elements e Operator e Condition value e Account officer e Special instruction type e Expiry date e Special instruction 3 2 14 Specifying Linked Entities You can capture details of linked entities for the acc
115. F Status 7 Account Previous Status Indicates e Previous Account status for CASA accounts e Previous loan status for Loan accounts 8 Account Current Status Indicates e Current Account status for CASA et ORACLE accounts e Current loan status for loan accounts 9 Account Status Change Indicates Date e Status change date for CASA accounts e Effective date for Loan accounts 10 Available Indicates Balance Outstanding Balance e Available Balance in case of CASA accounts e Outstanding balance in case of Loan accounts 11 Currency Indicates e Account currency for CASA Accounts e Loan currency for Loan Accounts 18 20Group Balance Reports You can generate the balance report for the account groups of a customer using Group Balance Report screen To invoke this screen type ACRGPBAL in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Group Balances Report Branch Code Primary Account Report Format Report Output All Specific AIl Specific PDF Print x Group Code All Specific a Printer At Client v Printer a Here you need specify the following details 199 ORACLE Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch for which the report is being generated using the
116. From FROMDATE_ To _TODATE_ PAGE _Pg_ Trn Code Narrative REFERENCE Book Date Value Date Withdrawal Deposit Closing Balance EH B LOOP IF _TRNCODEDESC_ _A__TRNCODEDESC_ _TRNREFNO BDT VALDATE_ _DRAMOUNT_ _CRAMOUNT_ _BALAFTERTXN_ _DUMMY_ ENDIF IF _ADDLINFO_ _A__ADDLINFO_ _DUMMY_ ENDIF ENDLOOP ACC NO REFERENCE DATE LOAN CHARGES DESC AMOUNT LOOP IF CLCHGACC_ _A__CLCHGACC_ _TRNREFNO_ _VALDATE_ _LNCHGDTLS_ _AMOUNT1__I_ vine ORACLE ENDIF ENDLOOP EB RF _A_Totals _DEBITVALUE_ _CREDITVALUE_ _A_ AL No of DEBITS _ND_ AND CREDITS _NC__B_ CLOSING BALANCE _DRC_ _CLOSEBALANCE_ _B_ AVAILABLE BALANCE _AVLBALANCE_ _B_ IF _UNCOLBALANCE _ UNCOLLECTED BALANCE _UNCOLBALANCE_ _B_ BLOCKED BALANCE _BLOCKEDBALANCE_ _B_ ENDIF PREVIOUS AVG MTHLY BAL _DRPAMB_ _PREVAVGMTHLYBAL_ _B CURRENT AVG MTHLY BAL_DRCAMB_ _CURAVGMTHLYBAL_ _B_ PREVIOUS AVG QTRLY BAL_DRPAQB_ _PREVAVGQRTLYBAL_ _B_ CURRENT AVG QTRLY BAL __DRCAQB_ _CURAVGQRTLYBAL_ _B_ UNAUTH ENTRY R REVERSAL End Of Statement EF a ORACLE If the trust account credit transaction is from FT module then system will show the following details as part of TRNCODEDESC e Debit Account Number e Unit ID e Transfer Request Number If the trust account credit transaction is from any other module the system will show the following details as part of TRNCODEDESC e Deposit Slip Number e Unit ID 11 2 1 2 SWIFT You
117. Linked 3 109 ORACLE 3 6 e Linked Percentage e Linked Amount e Utilized Amount e Account Structure If the Mudarabah Sweep detail is checked then the system displays the following sweep history for the customer account e TD Account Number e Branch e Operation e Transaction Date e Transfer Amount Maintaining Customer De duplication You can frame the rule to avoid the duplicate the customer data using Customer Dedup Maintenance screen Also you can modify the existing the De duplication rule condition You can invoke this screen by typing STDDEDUPFP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Dedup 9 Enter Query Bank Code Bank Description Dedup 10f1 kam E C Table Name Condition WELGI Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status ane ORACLE 3 7 You need to specify the following details Bank Code Specify the unique bank code from the adjoining option list Bank Description System defaults the bank name depending on the bank code selected Deduplication Rule Sequence Number System generates a new sequence number for each column whenever a parameter is changed Condition Select the field name for the de duplication check from the adjoining drop down list System displays all the fields of the below tabs in the customer creation screen e Main e Auxiliary
118. MAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Non Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result DLY_NET_BAL_M lt 0 ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list 21 8 ORACLE Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA2 gt ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 ACCOUNT_LIMIT FORMULA2 lt ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAY
119. MAL_RATE3 21 3 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product RATE1 RATE2 AMOUNT1 AMOUNT2 TAX1 TAX2 21 3 4 Interest on Liqd Before Month End on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT1 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 TAX1 21 25 ORACLE 21 3 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 21 3 6 Charge On Less Average Balance You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product AVSLAMT5 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 AVSLAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMT5 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMT5 CHGAMT4 AVSLAMT5 21 26 ORACLE AVSLAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMT5 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 AVSLAMT5 AVSLAMT2 AVSLAMT1 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT5 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT1 AVSLAMT5 AVSLAMT2 AVSLAMT1 TAX3 DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 21 27 ORACLE e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1
120. ME EXPENSE A C IOCC PNL 2 FORMULA 2 IOCC TPBL_ADJ 3 IOCC TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 IOCC TPBL 3 IOCC TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 IOCM ACCR 1 IOCM ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCM ACGR 2 IOCM ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IOCM ACQUIRED 1 IOCM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCM ACQUIRED 2 IOCM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IOCM AGR_ADu 1 IOCM ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCM ACR_ADu 2 IOCM ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCM PNL_ADu 1 IOCM PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCM PNL_ADJ 2 IOCM PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCM INCOME EXPENSE A C IOCM PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IOCM INCOME EXPENSE A C IOCM PNL 2 FORMULA 2 IOCP ACCR 1 IOCP ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCP ACCR 3 IOCP ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 3 IOCP ACQUIRED 1 IOCP ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCP ACQUIRED 3 IOCP ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 3 IOCP AGR_ADu 1 IOCP ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCP ACR_ADJ 3 IOCP ACR ADJ FORMULA 3 20 4 ORACLE Accounting Role Description IOCP PNL_ADJ 1 IOCP PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCP PNL_ADJ 3 IOCP PNL ADJ FORMULA 3 IOCP INCOME EXPENSE A C IOCP PNL 1 FORMULA 1 IOCP INCOME EXPENSE A C IOCP PNL 3 FORMULA 3 IOSR ACCR 1 IOSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOSR ACCR 2 IOSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IOSR ACQUIRED 1 IOSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOSR ACQUIRED 2 IOSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IOSR ACR_ADJ 1
121. ME _ Branch Address BRANCH ADDR__ Customer Name CUST NAME1_ Customer ID CUSTOMER __ Account Number ACCOUNT NO _ OD Amount OD_AMOUNT_ Utilised Amount _UTIL_AMOUNT _ EH B SC IF _DIFFEQAUL_ Your Account with Account Number ACCOUNT NO_ has reached the limit of the OD ENDIF IF _DIFFGREATER_ Your Account with Account Number _ACCOUNT NO_ has breached the limit of the OD by _DIFFGREATER_ ENDIF EC 3 102 ORACLE EB RF FOR _BRANCHNAME __ AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY EF For more information on Advice Format refer Maintaining Advice Format chapter under Messaging System User Manual Note the following For multiple collaterals you need to consider consolidated limit amount for deriving the breach limit amount The process of sending of the SMS alert messages is handled by the third party system The system re uses the following key information for alert generation e Email ID from customer personal maintenance e Mobile number from CIF personal information ates ORACLE 3 2 36 Maintaining Customer Account Limits Details You can capture the details of account limits of the customer in the Customer Account Limits screen Based on the user rights only you can invoke the Customer Account Limits screen by typing LMDCUSLT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Based on the access given the user can acce
122. MON_AVG_BAL lt 0 ABS MON_AVG_BAL RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box 21 11 ORACLE Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result MON_AVG_BAL gt 0 ABS MON_AVG_BAL RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave the box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA2 lt AMO
123. Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing CADSTRUC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Structure Maintenance Structure Group Description 1010 C Sequence Number Primary Account Primary Account Branch Primary Account Currency Cover Account Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you can specify the following details a ORACLE 8 4 Structure Group The system generates and displays the unique structure group code that should be used to identify the account structure Description Specify the information about the customer to whom this structure group belongs Seq No Specify the store sequence number of the parent cover account This number is used to identify the preference level of the cover account Primary Account Specify the primary account that should be linked with the specified sequence number Primary Account Branch Specify the branch code of the primary account Primary Account Currency Specify the currency code of the primary account Cover Account Specify the cover account that should be linked with the specified sequence number Cover Account Branch Specify the branch code of the cover account Cover Account Currency Specify the currency code of the cover account Viewing Account Structure Maintenance Summary You can view the summary detail
124. OSSARY 0 0 0 csscsscsesecssesssescsssncsecsncssesssssesssssnsssssneecesssssesssssnesessncssesesssossoseneseessessessessesees 22 1 D221 RUNCTION ID LIST i icc sccsessecies dcessess coscgiesscstesocczsvsces E 22 1 ORACLE 1 About this Manual 1 1 Introduction This manual is designed to help you quickly get acquainted with the Current and Savings Account sub module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It provides an overview to the module and provides information on using the Current and Savings Account sub module of Oracle FLEXCUBE Besides this User Manual you can obtain information specific to a particular field by placing the cursor on the relevant field and striking lt F1 gt on the keyboard 1 2 Audience This manual is intended for the following User User Roles Role Function Back office clerk Input functions for contracts Back office managers officers Authorization functions Product Managers Product definition and authorization End of day operators Processing during end of day beginning of day Financial Controller Product Managers Generation of reports 1 3 Organization This manual is organized into the following chapters Chapter 1 About this Manual gives information on the intended audience It also lists the various chapters covered in this User Manual Chapter 2 CASA an Overview is a snapshot of the features that the module provides Chapter 3 Maintaining Customer Accounts
125. Of PDCS eiiiai iieaoe aeia a eiio 12 31 12 3 4 Manual Realization of PDCS sssessesseseeneeeseeeseeeereseseresrsreesesresreserrresesrensesrenresersresenrreesrenrsreerest 12 31 12 4 MAINTAINING DRAWER STATUS DETAILS ccccssccessssceceeseececseeaeeeceneeeceesuececsesaeeecseeeesesseeecsesaeeeeneeaeeess 12 38 12 5 MAINTAINING DRAWER DETAILS csccccesssececsescecececcecessaeeecsesaececaeeeceesaeeecseaaeeeceaeecesseeeesecaeeseneaaeeess 12 40 12 6 VIEWING DRAWER SUMMARY cccssccessssceceessececseseececaececneauececenaaeeecaeeecessaeeecseaaeeeceeeecesaeeecsesaesecseaaeeess 12 42 12 7 MAINTAINING POST DATED CHEQUE REJECT CODE ccssssccccecsesessscecececeesenseaeeeeeceenesneaeeeeeeeceessaseeeess 12 44 12 8 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER CHEQUE DISCOUNT DETAILS c cccccccesssssscecececeesesssceceeeceesesseaeceeceeesensaeeeeess 12 45 12 9 VIEWING CUSTOMER CHEQUE DISCOUNT SUMMARY ssssssssssceecsesessececececsessnssseeececeeneseaeceseeeceeseaeeeeees 12 47 12 9 1 Events and Accounting ROLES ccccesccssessceseeseeteeseesecssesecseesecsseesceaecseesecsaesecsaeeaesaecaeesesaeeeseaeenseaeeaes 12 48 IDQD PUPCHASE E E EVEA A E ES E E E EEE E 12 53 ORACLE 13 INSTRUMENT DETAILS ccscssssssssssensessssensessscensessecensessscenssssssensnsssssssesscsnessssssnssassesnseassesessasseses 13 1 USE SIN PRODUCTION seccsces accdccscescdeseseernes bebtedesavaevtacbeves dees srevene sebhcbacecceoney sud EEEE E 13 1 13 2 MAINTAINING THE
126. S YEAR 100 ACCOUNT_LIMIT 21 2 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS 21 9 ORACLE e MON_AVG_BAL_M e RD_INSTALL_DUE UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Elements Type RATE1 Rate RATE2 Rate AMOUNT 1 Amount AMOUNT2 Amount TAX1 Rate TAX2 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list 21 10 ORACLE Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Interest Method Default From Currency Definition Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result
127. Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the CASA Overdraft Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Sr No Field Name Field Description 1 Bank Indicates Bank Name 2 Branch Indicates Branch Name 3 Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated 4 Indicates Operator ID User Id 5 Run Time Indicates Run Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Sr No Field Name Field Description os ORACLE 1 Acc No Indicates Customer Account Number 2 Acc Desc Indicates Account Description 3 Customer No Indicates Customer Number 4 Short Name Indicates Customer Short Name 5 Book Balance Indicates Account current balance 6 OD Limit LCY Indicates Temporary Over draft Limit in LCY 7 OD Start date Indicates Temporary Over draft limit start date 8 OD Expiry date Indicates Tempora
128. TAILED 4 AC ACST_DETAILED3 ACST_DETAILED 5 AC ACST_DETAIL_VD ACST_DETAILED 6 AC ACST_INT_DTL MT942 ACST_DETAILED 7 AC MT940 MT940 ACST_DETAILED 8 AC MT950 MT950 ACST_DETAILED 11 8 ORACLE For further details refer the chapter titled Maintaining Messaging Branch Preferences in the Messaging System User Manual 11 2 4 Maintaining Customer Address You can invoke the Customer Address Maintenance screen by typing MSDCUSAD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Address New Customer Address Customer No Location Country Answerback Name Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 50F Party Details 40no gt PI Message Type lt Change Log Maker Checker Media Language Test Keyword Delivery By g Send by Email Add Hold Mail Text Module Branch No of Copies Format Date Time Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to maintain three records with the following details Sr No Branch Module Message Type Format 1 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED ACST_DETAILED 2 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED2 ACST_DETAILED 11 9 ORACLE Sr No Branch Module Message Type Format 3 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED3 ACST_DETAILED For further details refer the chapter titled Maintaining Addresses for Customer in the Messaging Sy
129. UNT1 0 FORMULA2 gt AMOUNT1 TRUNC FORMULA2 TAX1 1 00 FORMULA2 gt AMOUNT2 TRUNC FORMULA2 TAX2 100 ae ORACLE 21 2 4 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M e YEAR UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Elements Type NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT 1 Amount AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNT3 Amount TAX1 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula 21 13 ORACLE Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard scr
130. URE escccesssceseeeceseceseeecaeceeceecaececeecsaeeeseeecsaeceeeeecsaeeeeceecaeeeeeeecnaeeeeatees 8 4 8 4 VIEWING ACCOUNT STRUCTURE MAINTENANCE SUMMARY cccssscesscecsseceseeecaeeeeeeecaeeeeceecaceeeaeecnaeeeeatees 8 5 9 MAINTAINING AMOUNT BLOCKS scississssscsscssssssscessessessosssossssescessonsssassesnestecsssteossessaseesssasessenescstssenesosness 9 1 9 1 IDEFINING A MOUNT BLOCKS 4555 sois2seveess sechieh Seadceaes viexacc beatae tecus ec dead AAEE EPES AEAEE EEEE ES EESE 9 1 9 1 1 Defining Amount Block REASONS s cssscesceeseeeseeeeeesecesetsecenecasecacecseeeseeseeeeeseceseceaeeeseceaeeeaeeeeeeeeaeens 9 1 9 1 2 Maintaining Individual Amount Blocks cccssccescceessecesseeesseteseeeeaeecesecesacecsaceseaeeceaeeseaeecnaeeeeaeeceaeeesnes 9 4 9 1 3 Viewing Amount BlOCK sscanecadonvvcsdestuesusteeesceds toneczacsuestsccbucctan EE E AE EE ETA ENEE 9 6 9 1 4 Maintaining Consolidated Amount Block Details ccscccccccsceecseeseeeseeeecesetesecesecacecacecseenseeeseeeneeenensees 9 8 9 1 5 Maintaining Consolidated Amount Blocks sccscccsceesseesseeseeeseesseeseeesecesecusecnecacecacecseenseeeseeeseeenenaees 9 9 10 MAINTAINING STOP PAYMENT DETAII S seesseesseccseccoesccssccsseesscesceesoceooesccescceseceseseseseoeesoeecosecssse 10 1 VOLT INTRODUCTION 3 5s5csc5eeccoeh anrea oe ra Er E EEEE EE E E E E EER EE eR EESE ESERE 10 1 10 1 1 Maintaining Stop Payment Orders ccccccccescsesesssesecssesecnsesscusesceesecscesecaseecsaeese
131. _RATING for defining status change rules This will also be available for provision rule definition at the CL product level Waive Product Check this box if you want to waive of a particular interest or charge product that has been specified Open More than one product may be applicable on an account class at the same time You can temporarily stop applying a product on an account class by closing it You can achieve this by un checking the box Open The product will cease to be applied on the account class You can make the product applicable again by checking the Open box Effective Date The Effective Date of a record is the date from which a record takes effect You can maintain different values for a UDE for different effective dates for an account When interest is calculated on a particular day for an account with special conditions applicable the value of the UDE corresponding to the date will be picked up Typically you would want to open records with different Effective Dates if the values of UDEs vary within the same liquidation period Integrated LM Product The system defaults the Integrated Liquidity Management flag based on the IC product associated with this account Please refer Integrated Liquidity management for more information IL Product Type The IL product type will be defaulted to pool lead pool re allocation based on the ILM product maintained at IC product level Specifying Cha
132. a summary of Amount Blocks maintained at the Amount Block Input level using Amount Block Summary screen You can invoke the Amount Block Summary screen by typing CASAMBLK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Amount Block Summary Authorization Status l z Record Status l z Account E Amount Block Number Expiry Date Effective Date Amount H Reference No Amount Block Type Branch Search Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 10 1 Z Authorization Status Record Status Account Amount Block Number Expiry Date Effective Date Amount we You can view records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status You can view records based on the authorization status of the amount blocks by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides the following options Authorised Select this option if the amount block is authorised Unauthorised Select this option if the amount block is unauthorised 9 6 ORACLE Record Status You can view records based on the record status of the amount block by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides the following options e Open Select this option if the amount block is not effective e Closed Select th
133. aintained in the host Oracle FLEXCUBE installation through the ARC Maintenance a ORACLE 13 2 Maintaining the Details of the Instrument As part of the instrument type maintenance you have to maintain a list of currencies branches and DAO GL for an instrument type You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing DDDPRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button amp instrument Product Maintenance New tS Enter Query Instrument type Instrument Description Preferences Expiry Frequency Auto Authorize Days Allow Online Auth Months Instrument Liquidation Years Requires Issue Allow Revalidation Revalidation Frequency Allow Duplicate Issuance Days Months Years Product Status M 4 10f10 is O Status Product Code Message Type Oo DAO Account H 41000 Currency DAO Branch DAO Account Payable Limit o pa Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 13 2 1 Entering DD Details In this screen you can enter certain basic details of the instrument They are re ORACLE The instrument type A description of the instrument The other preferences which include gt Whether auto authorization is allowed for the instrument type gt Whether you need a print of the instrument details as and when the details are entered and authorized gt Whether online authori
134. al reference number while processing a post dated cheque Branch Code Specify the code for the branch that has issued the post dated Cheques Instrument Number This is the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch amp bank 12 1 4 1 Clearing Details In the fields provided enter select the Clearing product Select the product that is ready for clearing Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques Clearing Bank Select the bank that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Clearing Branch Select the branch that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Sector Code Select the code of the sector that is processing the post dated Cheques seo ORACLE Issuer Bank Select the bank that is issuing the post dated Cheques Bulk Transaction Reference Number Specify the bulk transaction number that is used in transactions For detailed field explanation on End Point amp Routing Number refer to the Clearing User Manual The clearing details are needed only for External type PDCs 12 1 4 2 Discount Purchase details Operation Select the operation from the adjoining drop down list The available options are Purchase Select this option if the Activation date is current date and when selected CPUR event will be fired Discount Select this option if the Activation date is future date and when selected the event CDIS
135. alance Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e MIN _BAL_REQD e MON_AVG_BAL UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Elements Type AVSLAMT1 Amount AVSLAMT2 Amount AVSLAMT3 Amount AVSLAMT4 Amount AVSLAMT5 Amount CHGAMT1 Amount CHGAMT2 Amount CHGAMT3 Amount CHGAMT4 Amount CHGAMT5 Amount TAX3 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list 21 19 ORACLE Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain one booked formula and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result MON_AVG_BAL gt 0 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt MIN_BAL_REQD 0 MON_AVG_BAL
136. amp duty rate for an account Using the above SDE and UDE you need to create a formula and link it to the accounts For details on the interest rule refer the chapter Annexure C IC Rule Set up an ORACLE 6 1 6 2 6 Maintaining Pas Introduction sbook You can maintain all the details needed for the issuance of passbook at the Bank parameter and account class level The details maintained at the Bank parameter and account class used for computing and issuing all on the account Maintaining Passbook Details level will be You can invoke the New Passbook Issue web branch screen by typing 7030 in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button New Passbook issue Branch Date 2011 09 02 Save M Hold External Reference Number FJB1124500008267 Branch Code 002 Passbook Type Account Passbook Number Account Description Previous Passbook No Customer Id Previous Passbook Status Status Remarks Charge History Charge Details 10f1 CI Charge Components Waiver Charge Amount Currency Charge in Local Currency Exchange Rate External Reference Number The system generates and displays the reference number 6 1 ORACLE Passbook Type If inventory tracking is allowed at bank level then you will be asked to enter the passbook type The list of values for passbo
137. an generate Account Status Movement Report to enable the branches to follow up the accounts so that the status of the accounts does not change to NPL status This report lists CASA accounts that have moved to status based on the Account Class type of the account 18 29 ORACLE You can invoke the Account Status Movement Report screen by typing STRCASTM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Status Movement Branch Code Account Number Account Status Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Account Number Specify the account number for which the report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Account Status Specify the status of the Account number from the adjoining option list Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list Th
138. ance of USD 1000 Total unutilized line amount is USD 50 000 e Your bank would like to see USD 51 000 The total available balance is displayed as Unutilized Line amount USD 50000 e Total available balance USD 51 000 Case Il e Account has a Debit balance of USD 2000 Total unutilized line amount is USD 48 000 e Your bank would like to see USD 48 000 The total available balance is displayed as Unutilized Line amount USD 48 000 Total available balance USD 48 000 In the Amounts and Dates screen you can view the outstanding debit interest and or charges due on the account as on the current date You can also view the amount that can be withdrawn against uncollected funds on the account The System computes the allowable amount based on the Withdrawable Uncollected Funds Basis option specified in the Branch Parameters Preferences screen 3 2 2 2 Viewing Unposted Entries When this branch is under EOD processing the inter branch transactions originated from other branches are tanked The funds are made available automatically after BOD and till such time they are treated as unposted items 3 2 2 3 Viewing Turnover Limit Details You can view the account balance status with respect to the turnover balance limit set for the financial period You can view the financial period currency total deposited amount and the permissible limit for deposits The period and limit details are inherited from the limit code associated with
139. anch Code Private Customer StartDate End Date Nominee Details 410f1 gt Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Guardian Name Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 lt Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Change Log Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to specify the following information Customer No Options Account Facilities Alternate Account Number More Preferences Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 ATM Account Number Initial Funding Account Opening Amount Pay In Option Offset Branch Offset Account Replicate Customer Signature Salary Account Cheque Book Passbook ATM Auto Debit Card Request Auto Cheque Book Request Quick Customer Account Ipi Pay In By Account Pay In By GL Waive account Opening harane x 2 Specify the customer identification number allotted by the bank It is a mandatory field Customer Name Specify the customer s name 3 142 ORACLE Currency The system defaults the local currency as the account currency However you can change the currency if required Account By default the system displays the account number Account Class Specify the account class of the customer Click Fetch button to fetch the account number The system will fetch the account number in the following ways e If the Auto Account Generate opti
140. at would be used for processing the Registration INIT and Liquidation LIQD events In the Demand Drafts Details screen you must associate the statuses used for registration and liquidation with the appropriate product codes Assume you have maintained the products CGOC Registration of Outward Clearing Cheques and DDLQ Liquidation of Outward Clearing Cheques You need to associate the status INIT Registration with the product CGOC and LIQD Liquidation with the product DDLQ The Clearing Required option has not been enabled for the product maintained for the liquidation event aS ORACLE 13 3 Maintaining Instrument Types for Other Banks For maintaining instruments types on behalf of other banks invoke the Banker Cheques Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details screen from the Application Browser You can invoke the Banker Cheques Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details screen by typing DEDDRISB in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Bankers Checks Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details BankCode Jiz Bank Description F Currency Instrument Type Draft Details E Branch Code Branch Description DAO Branch DAO Account Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open 13 3 1 1 Entering the Details In this screen you can enter certain basic details of the instrument They are e The
141. ays the debit average for a month Debit Average is the sum of all Debit Transaction amounts divided by the number of Debit Transactions Credit Average The system displays the credit average for a month Credit Average is the sum of all Credit Transaction amounts divided by the number of Credit Transactions Excess OD Average The system displays the excess OD average for the month Currency The system displays the preferred currency of the user No of Returned Cheques The system displays the total number of returned cheques for the month No of Debit Transaction The system displays the total number of debit transactions for the month No of Credit Transaction The system displays the total number of credit transactions for the month Closing Balance The system displays the month end closing balance of the account Debit Interest The system displays the month end IC debit interest liquidated for the account Non Sufficient Funds anaes ORACLE The system displays the details of the non sufficient funds Charges Amount This is an external field not related to the system Debit Check Returned The system displays the number of debit check returned for the month Visa Debit Details This is an external field not related to the system Last Debit Transactions The system displays the last debit transaction amount for the month Last Credit Transactions The system displays the last credit transaction amount for the month
142. be a number if the interest or charge is based on the number of transactions or the number of account statements A UDE under this category can also be used to store a numerical value that may be used in a formula Now for each of the UDEs that are displayed you must specify the values individually If the type of UDE that you have identified for the rule is a Rate element you can either specify a Rate Code or enter a value for the Rate element If you specify a Rate Code for the UDE the value that you have maintained for the rate code will be picked up while calculating interest However if you choose to enter a spread for the Rate Code the appropriate value will be computed A Spread is a positive or negative value that you add or deduct to the value specified for the Rate Code If you do not specify a spread the rate maintained for the Rate Code will be picked up If the type of UDE is an amount the value that you enter will be in the currency that you specified in the UDE Amounts Currency field in the Interest Product Preferences screen If you specified the UDE amounts currency as the local currency and the account is in a foreign currency the currency conversions will be on the basis of the mid rate for the day is ORACLE 3 2 9 The UDE values that you specify here will only be applied to this account The Customer Credit Rating field at the Customer level will be used as a SDE CUSTOMER_CREDIT
143. between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle oe ORACLE Generate Stat Only On Movement You can indicate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On the September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enable this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Display IBAN in Advices If you would like to print the IBAN nu
144. bit instructions you need to specify the following details e Bank Code Choose the bank code from the option list This indicates the bank code of the settlement account e Account Number Specify the account number for the settlement account e Name Specify the name of the debtor e Agreement ID Specify the agreement id on which the DD is to be generated During liquidation the direct debit contract is uploaded into the system in case you have maintained the settlement mode as direct debit transaction The upload happens for both automatic liquidation and manual liquidation ii ORACLE 3 2 28 1 Closure of accounts with outstanding Billing Invoices In the event of account closure the system allows closure only after all invoice are generated and payment of outstanding bill amount is made Before closing the account you need to e Manually liquidate the billing amount through the Manual Liquidation screen in case the payment is yet to be done The system displays a message for the unpaid amount e Generate the pending invoices for all Billing Products applicable to that account using the Account Based Invoice Generation screen and also liquidate the bill amounts under each of the Billing Products manually e Refund the amount if the overdue amount is in negative 3 2 29 Initiating manual liquidation for bills All the components of a bill can be liquidated automatically or manually In the Product Preferences scre
145. cates Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Acct Name Indicates Description of the Account if it is FCUBS account If it is not then it is left blank Bank Code Indicates Bank Code of the Issuer Branch Indicates Branch of the Issuer Bank Cheque No Indicates Cheque number Cheque Amount Indicates Cheque Amount Transaction Seq No Indicates Transaction Sequence No ae ORACLE Deposit Date Indicates Cheque Deposit Date Instr Date Indicates Activation Date Value Date Indicates Value Date of the Cheque Currency Indicates Currency type 18 12Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report Oracle FLEXCUBE provides customers a facility to open an account in the branch of their choice You can generate Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report to enable the branch to have a control over all the accounts opened on other branches This report lists the accounts created by the Bank Staff who have Multiple Branch Operational Rights However the account branch and the Maker s home branch should not be the same You can invoke the Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report screen by typing STRIBRAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Branch Code Date Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code S
146. ccccessesescesececeesseeeesececeesenseseseceeeeessssaeseeseeenes 3 122 3 16 QUERYING FOR ACCOUNT STATISTICS ccccccssssesssecsseceseeecsaecesceecsseceseeecsuecseeeecsaeceseeeesaecseeeeseecseeeesaeeses 3 124 3 17 QUERYING FOR MONTH WISE CUSTOMER ACCOUNT STATISTICS ccssccecssseeecesececeesaececseeeeesseeeeenenee 3 125 3 18 QUERYING ACCOUNT DETAILS cies ccccisds tdecisctcccaus bees bans exgeld decd stated AEE E o A EE EEE RE Ea OERE 3 130 3 19 VIEWING MONTH WISE CUSTOMER ACCOUNT STATISTICS ccssssseceessececseaeeecsneeecesaeeecseeeeeesseeeeeneaes 3 133 3 20 VIEWING CUSTOMER ACCOUNT BALANCE ccsscscsccecssssssscecececseseececececsessaeeecececeeseaeaecececsesenseaeseeeeeenes 3 135 3 21 QUICK CASA ACCOUNT OPENING ccce aae a ae EEE stscbadusadeeieicas catdecaeeansaccensend 3 142 3211 Specifying the Main details spiicata sa igi eainiie ia ia iaaa ieis 3 144 3 21 2 Specifying the Check List details sissrisciisrn icsse eiaa iiin 3 148 321 3 Specifying MIS Dettils iine ao E E R A EE ARS 3 149 321 4 Specifying UDP Deals ssi e n E E E E E A A EERS 3 149 3 21 5 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details ccccescessesseeseeseeesseeecesecesecesecsaecaaecaeeeseeessesseeseeeeeeenees 3 149 3 21 6 Specifying Debit Card Request Details ccccccccescsssccssesscsseesessesscesecaeesecuseeeeeaeeseesecaeeseeneeeeeeaeenseas 3 150 3 21 7 Specifying Change Log Details cccccccccesccescesecsseesseeseeseeseceseeeeeceecssecnsecaecsaeeaeees
147. ccount Charge Branch 1010 Amount Currency General Ledger Their Account Netting Transaction Code Account Currency Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status The following details are displayed in this screen based on the ARC record for the instrument branch and currency chosen for the transaction e The charge account typically the income account specified in the charges section of the ARC Maintenance e The details of the charge such as currency and the transaction code used to post charge entries and whether netting is required The amount of the charge is computed by the system and displayed You can choose to alter the charge amount here a ORACLE 13 4 3 Liquidating the Drafts You can liquidate the drafts issued at any branch and payable at your branch You can invoke the Instruments Transaction Query screen by typing DDDQUERY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button instruments Transaction Query Instrument type Process Status Original Draft Number Issue Branch Payable Bank Discount Days Instrument Number Payable Branch Reissued draft number Instrument Date Demand Draft MICR No Reference Number Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Batch Number Transaction Tanked Remitter Account Expiry Date Remitter SSN Account Branch o Reissued Exchange rate R
148. ccsssssscecececsessssececceeceeneseseseeececeessaaeceeececsessaseeeeeeeeeneaees 3 110 3 7 RECONCILIATION OF MT 110 WITH INCOMING CHEQUE TRANSACTIONS cccsssesseceeececsessensceeeeeceenennees 3 111 3 7 1 Processing MT110 Incoming Message ccscccsccescesecesecesecuseesceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeesecesecuaecnaecauesneeeaeeeneees 3 112 3 7 2 Processing Inward Cheque Clearing Transaction c sccsccsccssesccssesscssecssesscsseesceseeseesesnsesecueeeneeasenes 3 112 3 8 PROCESSING ESCROW SWEEPS cccccccessesseseceeececsesssaecesececsessuaececececeeseaeaeseceeeeseseeaeseeseeesessaaeeeeeeeceeseaees 3 112 3 9 LEVYING PENALTY INTEREST ON NOTICE ACCOUNTS ccscssssssecececeesenseceseeececsesssaeceeseeesesseaeeeeeeeceesenaees 3 113 3 10 MAINTAINING NOTICE PERIOD FOR WITHDRAWAL ssssscssececeesessecesececsessnseesececeeseseeeseeeceesssseaeeeeseeenes 3 117 3 11 VIEWING UTILIZATION OF FREE AMOUNTS cccccccccccsessssscesececeeseaecesececsessassesecsceesessaeseesesessneaeseeseeenes 3 118 3 12 VIEWING DUMMY NUMBERS ASSOCIATED WITH CIF NUMBER ccsccecsessssscesececeesenseaeeeeeceesesssaeseeseeenes 3 119 3 13 WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS WITHOUT PENALTY ccccecssssscecececeeseaececececseseaaeeesececeesenseseseeeeeeseseaeeeeseeenes 3 120 34 CEOSING ACCOUNT scstisssees cnscoccecsesaseeeecsacysdoeoaroanecepesedsavbcrdeetsessadhuestacslacens sebenseacsessonsdostabacovslredenscteasyioesd 3 121 3 15 RECORDING DETAILS OF LODGMENT BOOK REQUESTS
149. cecesssaececececsessnaesecececsensaaeaesececsessaaeaeseceeseseseaeeeeeeeeeensaaeeeeees 15 15 LAA Viewing Charge Details iniiao a n a a E E R TE i 15 19 lA Viewme EVeniSs sinun aa E A R E R S Ti 15 20 15 5 MAINTAINING ONLINE CHARGES FOR PRODUCTS cssccccsssceceessseecesssececssseeceeaeeeceesueceessesececseeeensnaeeess 15 22 15 6 VIEWING INTERFACE CLEARING SUMMARY cccscccecssscececsseecesssececesnseceesseeecessaeeecesueeceenneseessaeeeenseaesees 15 23 16 IBA TCH PROCESSING sess sises cies scessccscecsssccssscsasecssosddeddessesscescascvecsscoesasssossoseseuusseneecstssssondssndesessecencessesessace 16 1 16 1 TIN TPRODUCTION eene aavenepsdeaneouessevades Seaveavecaeopanssuercecdsespanedheneaeeds 16 1 16 2 BATCH PROCESS FOR LIQUIDATING PDC LINKED SCHEDULEG s scsccccecessssssceeececsessaeeececeeeesenseaeeeeees 16 1 16 3 PROCESSING OF CUSTOMER DEDUPLICATION BATCH csssscscsececsessaesecececeesseasceeececsessaeseseceeeesenseaeeeeees 16 2 17 GLOSSARY csssssssseccesnssstecssnssssccvssstssseessincsssovessanessusssdss ucossiaisegusssiussssonssuadessensenscesseastastessvessvacevecs ssansseessss 17 1 17 1 IMPORTANT TERMS sic0scecscesusvecescasesstessacencseeevtaes deuce hbesoasouvsnevsaceedveasscwnecssceseoboesasecesasbavesnesseeesduseseoenenssedss 17 1 18 REPORTS cissvisisnssccucscaccssenssse ctavacssencsunctecaavessenssnscosccassncceastessveceusssssanssneecesncccenssvacoecsudes sovsseassecosessdonssucceeness 18 1 18 1 INTRODUCTION
150. cecsesseaesesececseneaaesecececeesesseaececececseseaeseseesesensaaeaeeess 18 17 18 9 DORMANT ACTIVATED REPORT cscssssscecececessssececececsesssaececececeeneauesesececeeseaeaeceeecseseeaecececeeeeseaaeeeeess 18 19 ORACLE 18 10 STOP CHEQUES MAINTAINED REPORT cccccecsssssececececsessascecececeeseaseeesececeeseseaeceeececsessaaseeeeeeeeeneaaees 18 21 18 11 POST DATED CHEQUES DUE TODAY REPORT ccssccssccecsssssssceeececsessaececececeesesaeeeeececsessasseeeeeeeeneaaees 18 24 18 12 INTER BRANCH ACCOUNTS OPENED TODAY REPORT cccscsssssesssesecssesscsesescssecesesessuesesseseeeneeeeeegs 18 27 18 13 ACCOUNT STATUS MOVEMENT REPORT cccsccscsssssesscseesscsesessssesesesessessecsesessseseesesessuessseessusseseeaees 18 29 18 14 VARIANCES MAINTAINED TODAY REPORT ccccccsesssesscsseescsseescesecesesecseesecsesescssecesesecsuesssseseeneseesegs 18 32 18 15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS NOT CAPTURED REPORT cccsssescesessseseceseescseeeseseseseseseuesessesseeneeseangs 18 34 18 16 MINOR CUSTOMER DETAILS REPORT cccscssssssesesssesscsessseeeeecsseseuesesseesscseseesseeeesseeseuessseesenenesseaees 18 37 18 17 sCASACOVERDRAPIUREPORT ti 5 cre scescsecsoscasnescauveeesesanbntssdensnvsodhsbacosestansentive vase ES EEEE E EEEE 18 40 18 18 INSIGNIFICANT BALANCE DORMANT ACCOUNT REPORT c cscesesssesecsseescseeescsessseseseeesesseseeeneeeaegs 18 42 18 19 CREIMOVEMENT REPORT rin lt ccseccsovsessenestas e E EEEE EENE
151. checked in the Transaction Code Maintenance screen are considered for the Escrow sweeps The system computes percentage of credit amount and places an amount block on project account GaN ORACLE You can view the details of such system generated Escrow amount blocks using the Amount Block Maintenance screen CADAMBLK wherein the field Amount Block Type will display Escrow Amount Block input New Account Block Details Branch Account Amount Amount Block Type FLEXCUBE Hold Code Amount Block Number Effective Date Expiry Date Reference No Hold Description Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Escrow Transfer Applicable This box is checked by default if the customer account belongs to an account class for which Escrow transfer is enabled This box should be checked for Project Trusted account s only Branch Code Select the branch code in which the Escrow account has to be created from the adjoining option list Escrow Account Select a valid account to be used as an Escrow account from the adjoining option list The list displays all valid accounts based on the selected Escrow branch and the currency of the project account The system does not allow the circular linkage of Project account and Escrow accounts Escrow Percentage Specify the percentage of the credited amount which has to be transferred to the Escrow account
152. ck whether an IC product linked to the account is pending liquidation If an IC Product is pending liquidation you will be prompted to perform the liquidation before closing the account You can click on the Liquidate button to imitate the process whereby the system will calculate all outstanding amounts for all products involving the account and display the same On confirming the details that are displayed the system liquidates the products You will not be required to authorize this action If any provisioning has been done in respect of the account the relevant amount is written back to the GL as specified in the maintenance on Closure If the account does not have any IC products pending liquidation the system will display list of Close Out modes in the Account Closure Details screen Account Closure Details Branch Balance Account Number Interest Closing Date Branch laz Sequence Number Account laz Currency Close Mode Details Close Mode Linked Product Instrument Details Cheque Number Stationary Number Beneficiary Name Branch Instrument Type Status Expiry Date Issuing Bank Beneficiary Address oone Other Details Other Details Details 1 Details 2 Details 3 Details 4 Details 5 foe kalo kato Details 6 In this screen you can select the Close Mode which is to be used to close the account The option list p
153. class and is maintained in the Account Class Maintenance screen For each class you have to define certain common attributes applicable to all accounts in the particular class na ORACLE 3 2 1 1 While maintaining a specific account you have to identify the class to which the particular account belongs You can select the appropriate account class from the list of all the valid account classes maintained in the system Account classes that have surpassed their end date expired will not be displayed in the option list Refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in the Core Entities User Manual for details about maintaining account classes Fetch Fetch button is used to fetch the account number The system will fetch the account number if the following ways e If the Auto Account Generate option is enabled in branch parameter the system will default the auto generated account number e If the Auto Account Generate option is disabled in branch parameter the system will popup the account window You can specify the account number and it will be defaulted in the main screen Branch Code The system displays the branch code of the sign on branch SD User Reference The system displays the SD user reference for the account Private Customer The system displays whether the customer is private or not You cannot modify this field Capturing Main Details Account Description The system displays the customer
154. corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button amp Customer Cheque Discounting Detail New Customer Details Account Details Customer Identification Liability Account Branch Customer Name Liability Account Liability Account Currency Total Available Amount Past Due Account Branch Past Due Account Past Due Account Currency Available Amount Drawer Details 10710 CO Drawer Identification Drawer Name Customer Drawee Line ID Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can enter the following details Customer Details Customer Identification Specify the customer identification This adjoining option list displays all valid customer ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Customer Name On selecting customer Id the system displays the corresponding customer name Account Details vee ORACLE Liability Account Branch Specify the customer liability account branch code This adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Liability Account Specify the customer liability account PDC settlement account This adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Liability Account Currency Specify liability account currency Total
155. count level gets defaulted here However you can modify this period Notice Amount Specify the amount to be withdrawn within the Notice Period The amount you specify here should be in account currency The following fields are displayed in this screen e Branch Code The branch code of the current branch e Notice Id The identification of the notice e End Date The end date of the notice period Note the following Youcan unlock the record and modify details but you cannot make retrospective changes e You can modify only the inactive notices i e only when application date is less than activation date of the notice e You can close and reopen the Maintenance Viewing Utilization of Free Amounts You can view the utilization of free amounts with respect to advance interest for the accounts using Notice Utilization Query screen g ORACLE You can invoke this screen by typing STDADINT at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Notice utilization query Ci New 75 Enter Query Branch Code laz Customer Account Number Result W currency Year Month Free Amount Free Amt Utilized Free Amt Available You can query the records based on the following criteria e Branch Code e Account Number e Year e Month 3 12 Viewing Dummy Numbers Associated with CIF Number To recall in the Branch Parameters screen
156. counting has been applied the Maximum and Minimum validations are performed The discount if any which is applicable can also be specified as a flat discount amount ome ORACLE 3 2 11 Specifying BIC Details You can capture details of all SWIFT BIC that should be allowed for a customer account using the Authorized SWIFT BICs for Customer Account screen To invoke this screen click BIC button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Authorized SWIFT BICs for Customer Account Account BIC Codes 1010 BIC Code Description o Account Number The system defaults the account number of the customer in this field BIC Code Specify the BIC here You can choose any valid BIC maintained in the BIC Code Maintenance screen Description The system displays the description for the corresponding BIC that you have specified ae ORACLE 3 2 12 Specifying Account Operating Instruction Details You can capture details for operating the account using the Account Operating Instructions Maintenance screen To invoke this screen click Instructions button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The screen is shown below Account Operating Instructions Maintenance Date of Last Maintenance Maintenance Instruction Conditions 1 Instructions 1 Conditions 2 Instructions 2 Conditions 3 Instructions 3 Conditions 4 Instructions 4 Conditions
157. customer account is blacklisted due to NSF rejection If cheque is rejected or returned due to NSF the blacklisted formula is executed to get the new NSF level of the customer If the new NSF level is a blacklisted level then the customer account will be marked as a blacklisted and check book facility of all the customer s accounts will be revoked ou ORACLE In case the new NSF level is not a blacklisted level then the customer is marked as a non blacklisted customer and check book facility will be enabled for that customer account For Joint account e f cheque is rejected due to NSF in a joint account all of the customer s NSF level will be changed from Level 1 to Level 2 and so on Corporate or individual accounts e If the blacklisted customer is an authorized signatory in a corporate account then the corporate account will not be frozen e f a corporate customer is blacklisted due to cheque return then the authorized signatories are not blacklisted and their individual accounts will not be blacklisted NSF blacklist status is an indicator in the account to indicate the blacklist status System will continue to support the credit or debit transaction of the account 3 2 2 5 Specifying Nominees First Nominee You can nominate two persons who would have the right to the balances in your account after the account holder s demise Subsequent to the account holder the first nominee is called to claim the balances
158. customer account maintenance screen the account should be a account with EUR currency only MT210 Required A Notice to Receive message MT210 is an advance notification to your account servicing institution that it will be receiving funds that are to be credited to your bank s account with that institution For a nostro account you can specify whether the nostro agent your account servicing institution prefers to receive a Notice to Receive SWIFT message i e MT 210 when it is debited in the case of a funds transfer To indicate that the message MT 210 is to be generated by default whenever the nostro account is the debit account for a funds transfer select the MT 210 Required checkbox in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen for the relevant nostro account If you indicate so an MT 210 is generated by default whenever this nostro account is being debited during the posting of accounting entries in any transaction This preference to generate an MT 210 by default can be over ridden when you enter a contract involving a debit to the nostro account Once you have specified this preference for a nostro account you can change it whenever necessary For instance if you have not specified that an MT 210 be generated you can unlock the record and specify the generation of MT 210 Conversely if you have specified that MT 210 generation is applicable you can unlock the record and specify that it is no longer applicable Lodg
159. cuted on the expiry date oan ORACLE 10 Maintaining Stop Payment Details 10 1 Introduction A Stop Payment maintained in the stop payment table is an instruction given by a customer to his bank directing it to stop payment against a Cheque This instruction can be based on any of the following e Asingle Cheque number e Arrange of Cheque numbers e The amount for which the Cheque is drawn When a stop payment is affected the stop payment status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated to indicate the presence of a stop payment instruction for the customer account Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated through Data Entry or Funds Transfer the system validates if any stop payment instruction has been issued against it Payment against a Cheque is stopped if a stop payment instruction exists for that Cheque Stop payment for a Cheque can be specified for a defined period You can also maintain a stop payment bearing no expiry date i e the instruction remains effective until revoked a ORACLE 10 1 1 Maintaining Stop Payment Orders You can invoke the Stop Payment Input screen by typing CADSPMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the Application toolbar Stop Payment input Branch Stop Payment Type Cheque Account Account Description Stop Payment Number Related Reference Star
160. cy You have to identify the currency of the customer account A list of all the currencies maintained in the system will be displayed in the available list You can select the currency of transaction for the respective account If the currency of the account is not defined for the current period in the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen you will not be able to save the account Refer the section Maintaining Turnover Limits in the chapter titled Maintaining Mandatory Information in this User Manual for details about the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen Account You can indicate the account number of the customer One customer can have any number of accounts The structure of the account number is defined in the customer account mask maintained in the Account Parameters sub screen of the Branch wide parameters screen The account number can be a combination of the account class customer code CIF Number serial number or currency as defined in the customer account mask The last constituent of the account number is always a system generated check digit it could be alphabetical or numeric depending upon the mask defined You cannot alter the relative position of the constituents of customer account as defined in the mask while maintaining actual customer accounts Account Class In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can classify the customer accounts of your bank into different groups Each group is referred to as an account
161. d Schedule Date Specify the Schedule date Account No Select the Account Number from the adjoining option list 12 3 4 Manual Realization of PDCs There are two possible ways of PDC realization based on the product setup Tes ORACLE e Auto Realization e Manual Realization For early late realization You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Manual Realization screen by typing PDDMANLQ in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button PDC Manual Realization is query screen where you can enter the Reference number of the clearing transaction Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation Transaction Reference Product Code Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Amount Value Date Loan Account Number Drawer Identification Cheque Date Clearing Details Clearing Product Issuer Branch Clearing Bank Clearing Branch Sector Code Down Payment Cheque Status Operation To Date From Date Charge Payable Details Purpose Charge Branch a Event Sequence Number Source Code External Reference Branch Code Instrument Number Currency Remarks User Reference Routing Number End Point Issuer Bank Bulk Transaction Reference Activation Date Location Of Cheque Charge Account Number Currency C Move funds to
162. d account class If the amount is less than the applicable limit the system will display an error message If it is equal to or greater than the limit amount the system will proceed with saving Input to this field will be mandatory if limit amount has been maintained for the linked account class Pay In Option Select the method for initial funding during account creation Choose one of the following options e Pay In By Account e Pay In By GL Offset Branch Specify the branch code of the account for redemption Offset Account Specify the offset Account If you have chosen Pay In By Account as the pay in option specify the customer account that should be debited while posting accounting entries The adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts and customer GLs maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one If you choose Pay In By GL the system will display the offset GL maintained for the branch in the Term Deposit Payin Parameters Maintenance screen Waive Account Opening Charges Check this box to indicate that account opening charges should be waived for individual customer account 3 2 1 4 Specifying Other Options Replicate Customer Signature The signature of the customer gets defaulted from the linked CIF customer level to account This value will be defaulted only if the customer type is individual with single mode of operation Salary Account Check this box to indicate
163. d account statement would be generated based on the frequency specified for the parent account While closing a parent account a message will be shown requesting removal of the parent child account linkage To view the details of loan instalment recovery and charge recovery details in the Account Statement Report following tags will be included e _LNCHGDTLS_ e _CLCHGACC_ eee ORACLE 3 2 21 Specifying Account Limits You can capture details of account limits using the Account Limits screen Click the Limits button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen Account Limits Limit Currency Temporary Overdraft Start Temporary Overdraft End Netting Required Credit Start Date Credit Rev Date Cr Transaction Limit TOD Renewal Renew Frequency Renew Unit Next Renewal Limit TD Collateral Linkages TD Collateral Linkages 10710 Term Deposit lt Sublimit Uncollected Funds Limit Temporary Overdraft Limit Offline Limit Daylight Limit Notification Percentage Renew TOD Auto Create Collateral Pool O Collateral Type Collateral Branch Available Amount Linked Amount Applicat OD Limit 1010 Customer No Liability Number Linkage Type Linkage Ref No Contribution Sequenc Temp OD Start and End The start and end dates represent the dates from which the temporary overdraft limit becomes effective upto the date on which it should ceases t
164. d on any one or all of the following criteria e Drawer Identification e Drawer Name e Drawer Status e Customer Number Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization status e Record status e Drawer Identification e Drawer Name e Drawer Status e Customer Number e Drawer Blacklisted 1243 ORACLE 12 7 Maintaining Post Dated Cheque Reject Code You can maintain reject codes that are applicable to the rejection of post dated cheques using Post Dated Cheque Reject Code Maintenance screen To invoke this screen type PDDRJCOD in the field at the top right corner of the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button amp Post Dated Cheques Reject Code Maintenance Reject Code Reject Reason Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Reject Code Specify a unique reject code This code can be used to identify the reason for rejecting or cancelling a post dated cheque Description Enter the reject reason Once you have captured the details save the maintenance i ORACLE 12 8 Maintaining Customer Cheque Discount Details You can maintain the customer cheque discounting details using Customer Cheque Discounting Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDCHDMT in the field at the top right
165. d or unreconciled can be retrieved if needed An EOD batch function will purge all reconciled cheques as part of the clearing batch process During the upload process validation is done against all the positive pay the deferred reconciliation flags combinations and all Unreconciled Positive Pay Instructions are marked as Reconciled and liquidated Deferred reconciliation will be overridden by a stop payment instruction if any An error message or an override will be shown if a Cheque that comes in for clearing has a stop pay instruction against it but has no positive pay instruction Funding Account Click on the adjoining option list to choose the account into which funds have to be transferred on receipt of a positive pay instruction The accounts that satisfy the following conditions will be available in the list of Positive Pay Parking Account e Both accounts belong to the same customer e The currency of both the accounts is the same oe ORACLE Validation Digit Validation digit will be having values only 0 and 9 If validation digit is 9 then 9 mod 9 remainder for the check number Excluding the check digit should be equal to the check digit for the check to be passed else the check is rejected The check digit is the last digits of the check i e if check number is 1800 then check digit is 0 The mod 9 remainder of the check number should be equal to the check digit for the check to be passed if validation digit i
166. d the status can be updated in the status matrix e Apart from this tracking and upholding a stop payment instruction against Cheques is also a function that this sub system supports These stop payment instructions normally coming from a customer against a Cheque or a series of Cheque or an amount for which a Cheque was issued are applicable for a period or indefinitely Yet another feature supported by CASA is the facility to define amount blocks for accounts as per a customer s instruction or the instruction of the bank The system processes the expiry of such blocks automatically To put it briefly in the CASA sub system you maintain the following details e Cheque books issued to customers e Amount blocks enforced against accounts e Stop payment instructions issued by customers These details are maintained in what are called data tables and are called forth for interface during a Cheque processing by the Data Entry and Funds Transfer systems These tables are e Cheque Book Details Cheque Status and Cheque Details where you maintain Cheque book details e Amount block maintenance where you maintain amount blocks against particular amounts e Stop Payment where you maintain stop payment instructions issued against a Cheque or range of Cheques 2 1 1 Major Features There are three major features this system provides an ORACLE e A service which returns the status of the Cheque e A service w
167. de e VAT Deducted Date Based on the above details the system generates the report 18 21 1 Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Report name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name ee ORACLE Field Name Field Description Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Report Run Date Current branch date Report Run Time Current branch time Body Field Name Field Description Product Code Product code Product Name Product description Currency Account currency Account Number Account number Customer Name Customer short name SC Basis Service charge rule method will be provided Percentage Fixed Amount Fixed Amount or Rate SC Applicable Percentage or fixed amount applicable for service charge Percentage Fixed Amount Service Charge Service charge in local currency VAT Basis VAT Rule Method will be provided Percentage Fixed Amount Fixed Amount or Rate VAT Applicable Percentage or Fixed Amount applicable Percentage Fixed Amount VAT Deducted VAT in local currency Transaction Reference Number Reference number of the transaction nese ORACLE 18 22 Customer De duplication Report Oracle FLEXCUEB generates a report that contains the details of the duplicate Customers based on De duplication rul
168. details 21 4 ORACLE Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY DR BAL_M VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 gt AMOUNTS VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS YEAR 100 lt AMOUNTS3 Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list 21 5 ORACLE Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA1 gt AMOUNT1
169. details are allowed only for the CDIS CPUR event To date Select the date till which the interest should be collected for discount from the adjoining calendar button It is arrived by adding the days from the date of discounting till the activation date number of float days of customer value date defined in the ARC maintenance for the clearing product defined for a PDC product 12 1 4 4 Charge Payable Details You need to enter the following details for the processing of charges for the PDC Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Status Indicate the current status of the PDC by selecting from the following values e U Unprocessed e A Active Initiated e V Reversed e L Liquidated e C Cancelled Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing accounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the events associated with a PDC Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Purpose You have the option of specifying the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Herle ORACLE Activation Date Enter the date on which the PDC becomes a normal Cheque that is the maturity date
170. djoining arrow button insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report From Date To Date Insignificant Amount Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Insignificant Amount Specify the insignificant amount balance available in the account for which the report is being generated Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report a ORACLE e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client locat
171. e account It consists of a specified number of leaves against each of which a specified amount can be drawn from the account balance Effective Date It is the date on and following which an amount block on a customer account becomes effective End Check Number It is the number of the last check in a range of checks against which a customer directs the bank to stop payment Modification Number It is the serial number of a check status modification It is incremented serially each time the status of a check is modified Start Check Number It is the number of the first check in a range of checks against which a customer directs the bank to stop payment Stop Payment Instruction A directive from a customer to the bank instructing that payment against a check must be stopped The directive could specify an amount in respect of a check a single check or a range of checks at ORACLE 18 Reports 18 1 Introduction During the day or at the end of the day you may want to retrieve information on any of the several operations that were performed during the day in your bank You can generate this information in the form of reports in ORACLE FLEXCUBE For every module you can generate reports which give you data about the various events in the life of a specific contract or across contracts at a specific point in time You can have analysis reports daily reports exception reports reports on events that ought to have taken p
172. e e The Account pertaining to the specified Uncollected Fund e Reference Number e Amount of the transaction e Release details such as the user that released the transaction and time of the release In the list Cheque the Select box in the row of the transaction for which you want to perform the selected operation and then click Exit button 15 2 1 5 Making uncollected Funds available before the Available Date You can use the Uncollected Funds Manual Release screen to indicate that uncollected funds must be made available before the available date In this screen you must first display the record of the transaction with uncollected funds unlock it and make funds available on the application date in the manner described above The system sets the available date for such a transaction as the application date thereby ensuring the release of funds ae ORACLE 15 2 1 6 Changing the Available Date for a Transaction with uncollected Funds 15 3 In the Uncollected Funds Manual Release screen you can also choose to change the available date for a transaction with uncollected funds To do this you must first display the record of the transaction with uncollected funds unlock it and specify a new available date in the Available Date field The system sets the available date for such a transaction as the new date you have specified You can only specify a future date when you are changing the available date for a transaction
173. e Balance Available TOD Posting Allowed Blocked Dormant 3 138 ORACLE Stop Payment Frozen Status Change Automatic No Credits Overdraft No Debits 3 139 ORACLE The system will capture the required information from the Transaction Enquiry screen and defaults the same information in transaction details Account Balance 9 Enter Query Basic Details Branch Code Account No Currency Account Open Date Ownership Memo Details 4 1010 bl E Instruction ID o lt Balances Current Balance Uncollected Blocked Available Total Available Book Balance Sweep Eligible Balance Available TOD Turnover Details Opening Daily Turnover Cr Daily Turnover Dr Current ACY Transactions M 4 1010 gt gt I O Transaction Date Instruction Description Account Description Account Class Customer No Name Mode of Operation Cheque Date Instruction Expiry Date Status Posting Allowed _ Blocked Dormant _ Stop Payment Frozen _ Status Change Automatic No Credit _ Overdraft No Debit Additional Details Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due Charges Due Last Interest Debit Last Interest Credit Last DR Activity Last CR Activity Value Date Description Display Type 3 140 ORACLE Turnover Details The system displays the following details under Balance Details section e Opening e Daily Turnover Cr e Daily Turnove
174. e Date Passbook details are displayed in descending order based on the date of pass book issuance Account Entries On saving the operation the charge amount is liquidated The below given table indicates the accounting entries for the same ee ORACLE Dr Cr Indicator Accounting Role Amount Tag DR Customer account CHG_AMT CR Charge GL mapped CHG_AMT 6 3 Changing Passbook Status You can invoke the Passbook Status Change screen by typing 7031 in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Passbook Status Change Branch Date 2011 09 02 Save vil Hold External Reference FJB1124500008268 Branch Code 002 Customer ID Issue Date Account B Status Passbook Number Reason 10f1 C PassbookNumber IssueDate Status Status Description Status Change Date External Reference Number System generates and displays the reference number Customer ID The system displays the Customer ID based on the selected account Account Number Select the account number for which the status has to be modified 99 ORACLE 6 4 Passbook Number The system displays the latest passbook number issued for the selected account Branch Code The system displays the branch code based on the account selected Issue Date The system displays the date of issue of the passbook Status You can select
175. e adjoining drop down list The available options are e January e February e March e April e May e June e July e August e September e October e November e December Start On Specify which day of the month the statement should begin from Last Executed Date The system displays the date on which the statement request was last executed if any E Statement Check this box to indicate that E Statement is required Piste ORACLE Charge Account Branch Specify the account branch from which charge is deducted for the E Statement Charge Account Specify the charge account The adjoining option list displays all the valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 11 2 7 1 Viewing Automatic Consolidated Statement Request Summary You can view a summary of automatic consolidated statement requests using the Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSACRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Summary Authorization Status z Record Status l z Reference Number a3 Branch Code Customer No ai Advanced Search Records per page 15 z TOLA Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Branch Code Customer No Effective Date Frequency E
176. e condition maintained in the system To invoke Duplicate Customer List screen type STRPDEDP in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Customer Dedup Report Branch Code ReportFormat PDF v Printer At Client v Report Output Print v Printer Branch Code Specify the branch code for which you want to generate the report of the duplicate customers 18 22 1 Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Name of the report Branch Code Branch Branch Code All option can be selected if the report needs to be for Name all the branches Dedup Rule Condition Parameter based on which the de duplication validation is done Body Field Name Field Description Customer Number Customer Id of the duplicate customers io ORACLE Field Name Field Description Customer Type Type of the customer for the which the duplicate id is found Short Name Short name SSN Full Name Full name ae ORACLE 19 1 19 2 Introduction 19 Annexure A This section details format of PD_PDC_CAN message Format of PD PDC CAN Message Type The following is the format of PD_PDC_CAN message type Date Drawee Bank Branch Customer Account Number Cancellation details Cheque No 524163
177. e customer number Customer Acc No Specify the customer account number Branch Code Specify the branch code Cumulative Account Statistics You can view the following cumulative account statistics of the account e Total Balance e Monthly Average e Simple Average Balance e Maximum Balance e Minimum Balance e No of Debit Transaction e No of Credit Transaction e No of Returned Cheques eure ORACLE e No of Overdrafts e Monthly Credit Average e Debit Average e Credit Average e Days in Debt e Days in Credit e Monthly Debit Average Monthly Account Statistics You can view the following monthly account statistics of the account Run Date The system displays the date of execution of the execution process Customer Number The system displays the customer number Account Number The system displays the account number of the customer Branch code The system displays the branch code of the customer Customer Name The system displays the name of the customer Total Balance The system displays the final balance of the account Maximum Balance The system displays the maximum balance for the month Minimum Balance The system displays the minimum balance for the month PA ORACLE Simple Average Balance The system displays the Simple Average Balance for the month The Simple Average Balance is the Total Balance divided by the number of days in the month Debt Average Debit Average The system displ
178. e defaulted as the current date of the branch However you can change the same Primary Card The primary card check box remains checked by default Card Status The status of the card will be defaulted to Requested Click on Ok to save the Debit card request details Generating Alert for Secure Overdraft Utilization Secure Overdraft SOD facility is given against collaterals for an account Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates generation of alert when SOD utilization is closer towards the consolidated limit amount of the collaterals Oracle FLEXCUBE runs a batch process to identify such breached SOD accounts and generates alerts as per the maintained percentage parameter at SOD account level and decides the breach limit for every account The system sends the generated alerts as ADVICE format email or ASCII flat file It defines the message format for email and captures the following key information to send these alerts to OD customer e Email ID e Mobile number The system runs a CASA batch adding the following process SODALERT e Identify the SOD accounts to be processed e Read the percentage for breach calculation e Identify if the breach happened e000 ORACLE e Generate the alert to intermediate data store e Generate the MSG handoff in case the medium is mail e Complete the message generation if the medium is mail e Update the dispatch flag as processed 3 2 35 1 Creating a Message Advice Format You need
179. e discounted PD_TAG Cr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event RADJ RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event CDIS Discounted Arrear charge collection with Accrual Cheque discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Event PULL Cheque Discounting PD_TAG CR Customer PD TAG DR Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR 12 50 ORACLE Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event ACCR Income lt Interest comp gt _ACCR Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt _ACCR_ Dr Event RADJ 12 51 Cheque Discounting PD_TAG CR PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG CR PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG DR Customer PD CHG_TAG DR PD_PULLINC PD _CHG_TAG CR Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr ORACLE 12 9 1 4 Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Discounted Arrear charge collection without Accrual Event CDIS Cheque Discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Event PULL Cheque Discounting PD_TAG Cr Customer PD TAG Dr Income lt Interest
180. e leaves except a Cheque which has been used or a Cheque under a stopped payment order The stop payment order can be for a Cheque or a series of Cheques and is maintained in the stop payment table from where it gets updated in the status table Viewing Details of a Cheque and changing its Status To change the status of any leaf in a book go to that leafs status block in the status matrix and double click on the block You will be returned to the Cheque Details table The Cheque Details table is invoked from the Application Browser Viewing Charge Details You can view all the charge related details in the Charge Details screen Click on Charges button to invoke Charge Details screen Charges Reference No 10f1 E ESN Component AccountDescription Amount Currency Waiver Contract Reference System displays the contract reference number here ce ORACLE Charge Liquidation System Displays the following Details under this Section e ESN Event sequence number e Component Charge component name e Charge Currency Charge currency e Charge Amount Computed charge amount e Waiver If this box is checked then charge will be waived Waiver Check this box to waive the charge Charge Amount System displays the calculated charge amount here You can amend this if required Viewing Events You can view all the events in the Events screen Click on Ev
181. e limiting amount till which transactions will be carried out between account s for the account class you are defining here between branches when the database connectivity is not functional Daylight Limit The daylight limit is the limit up to which an overdraft is allowed for the business day The daylight limit will be added to temporary overdraft to calculate the available balance if EOD is not in progress Daylight limit is not considered during EOD O vou can specify the daylight limit only if Daylight Limit option is checked in linked Account Class Preferences screen By default the system will display the value as zero You can however change it SOD Notification Specify the consolidated percentage utilization used for notification of the limit breach under the SOD secure overdraft om ORACLE For more information on SOD Alert Generation refer topic Generating Alert for SOD Utilization later in this chapter Cr Transaction Limit The limit for credit transactions in the account currency When a transaction exceeds this limit an override is displayed The override requires a dual authorization to save the transaction Credit Start Date This is the date from which this monitoring comes into effect The check will be performed for all entries to customer accounts with transaction booking date greater than or equal to the start date Credit Rev Date This is the date on which you would wish to re
182. e selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Contribution Specify the percentage of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool re total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for JV customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will raise an error message Sum total of Limits Percentage should be 100 Sequence No Specify the sequence number of the limit linkage If you do not specify any value then the system will generate data automatically However if there is any rounding related mismatch then the system will pass a different amount in the sequence number of the linkage If an account does not have sufficient balance or the balance is already used from the line the system updates the utilised amount of all lines and liabilities which are part of Customer Account Maintenance screen The amount utilised for the specific line is based on the percentage specified If there is any rounding issue during allocation of utilisation amount to different credit lines the system will adjust it with the last credit line with which it is linked However if credit line is added deleted or a percentage of contribution is changed then based on the updated maintenance the system will update the utilisation of credit lines For Example Let us consider a J
183. e selected transaction branch You can choose the appropriate one Highlight the customer s account number and click Ok button to select First Cheque Number When issuing a Cheque book you have to capture the number of the first leaf of the Cheque book Cheque Leaves Specify the total number of leaves in the Cheque book you are issuing the customer Kind Of Cheque book A cheque book for customer can be of two types commercial and Euro A radio button is provided by which you can make your choice as displayed on the screen You can issue the Euro cheque book to a customer whose account specifies for a Euro Cheques option in the customer account maintenance screen Order Date This is the date on which the customer placed a request for a new Cheque book PE ORACLE Issue Date This is the date on which the Cheque book was issued to the customer Order Details Against order details you can enter any detail such as the name of the person who has collected the book on the customer s behalf or the details of any special request for additional number of leaves in the Cheque book and so on After having made the required mandatory entries and having saved your work your user ID will be displayed at the made by field at the bottom of the screen the date and time at which you saved the product will be populated However the authorization status will remain blank which means that your entries have not be
184. e the PDCs are held till activation This is for reporting purposes only Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing accounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the events associated with a PDC Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level veces ORACLE Charge Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Drawer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field Cheque Value Date Specify the value date on which the cheque is issued Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No Unit ID
185. e this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Exclude Same Day Reversal trns from Stmt If you do not wish transactions booked and reversed on the same day to be reflected in the account statement you can specify the preference here This feature is applicable only for the customer account legs and not for the related GL legs Also reversals made through the DE module will not be considered for exclusion This specification is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can change it for a specific account Statement Account A customer may have two or more accounts with your bank but may desire to receive a single consolidated account statement S08 ORACLE Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to link accounts For the particular account whose statement preferences you are defining you can indicate the parent account to which the account should be linked for statement generation purposes The statement account is applicable for all type of account statements Primary Secondary and Tertiary If the statement account has been specified you cannot enter other statement details If the statement account is not specified for a particular account then the account can be a statement account for other accounts If statement accounts have been maintained during EOD the account statement will not be individually generated for the child accounts Instead a consolidate
186. e to take place automatically are triggered off during what is called the Batch Process The batch process is an automatic function that is run as a mandatory Beginning of Day BOD and or End of Day EOD process During EOD the batch process should be run after end of transaction input EOTI has been marked for the day and before end of financial input EOFI has been marked for the day This chapter details the various batch operations that are done in this module Batch Process for Liquidating PDC Linked Schedules You can configure the batch process for liquidating PDC linked schedules to process the payment of loan account components if the debit settlement mode is opted as PDC This batch PDDLNLIQ is run either as EOD or as an intraday batch The batch processes the liquidation of all accounts for which the schedule date or PDC activation date and customer value date is less than the application date On the cheque date the clearing transaction triggers the following accounting entries Debit Credit Amount Accounting Role Description Debit Cheque CLRNG_ACCOUNT Clearing Account Amount Credit Cheque CLRNG_OFS_ACCOUNT Beneficiary Account Amount During liquidation the beneficiary account of the PDC contract is used as Debit Settlement Bridge The system passes accounting entries fro MLIQ as follows Debit Credit Amount Tag Accounting Role Debit PRINCIPAL_LIQD Beneficiary Acco
187. ed transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved 3 2 17 2 Specifying Transaction Restriction Special Condition By default the restrictions maintained at the account class level will be displayed here When you define transaction code or product restriction attributes for an account itself rather than for the account class to which it belongs it is referred to as a Special Condition You can apply special conditions by selecting the option Special Condition Applicable at the account level If you opt to define special conditions for an account the restrictions defined for the Account Class to which the account belongs will NOT apply to this account If you wish to continue with the account class restrictions opt for Special Condition Not Applicable aad ORACLE Restriction Type Specify the restriction type here The options available are Allowed If you select this the products entered in the multi entry block will be allowed for that customer account Disallowed If you select this option the products entered in the multi entry block will be disallowed Transaction Code Likewise you can maintain restrictions for transaction codes as well Description The system displays the description for the transaction code
188. ed Balance Source Code External Reference Retry Till Date Start Date Li ORACLE Here you can capture the following details Account Number Specify the account number of the customer Select the account number from the adjoining option list Account Class This is the account class to which the account is linked Customer The customer for whom you are maintaining the deposit instructions Sweep Branch Indicate the branch to which the sweep is carried out Sweep To Account Indicate the account to which the sweep is carried out Amount This is the deposit amount Minimum Required Balance The minimum balance indicates that only the amounts above this limit will be used for auto creating deposits Source Code The code assigned for the sweep External Reference Number Branch The branch code of the branch which is to be associated with the account Sequence Number The system generated sequence number for the instruction you are maintaining Currency Currency of the particular account Deposit Currency The currency in which the deposit is made Tenor Tenor for the deposits that are opened under an account class Sweep Multiple Of The sweep can only be in multiples of the sweep specified Retry Till Date The instructions specified will be invalid after this date Any failed sweeps after this date will not be picked up for processing the next day one ORACLE 3 2 28 Specifying Billing Parameters You can capture bi
189. ed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Authorisation Status Indicate the authorisation status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values e Authorised e Unauthorised Record Status Indicate the record status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values Open Closed Sas ORACLE Branch Code The system displays the branch code where the debit card has been issued Request Reference Number The system displays the request reference number of the card issuance record Card Number The system displays the debit card number of the card holder Multiple cards can be issued to a customer 3 2 34 Viewing Statistics Details Click Statistics button to view the details on Highest Debit Balance for the last 12 months including the current month Account Statistics se Branch Code Customer No Customer Account No Account Currency Debit Balance 40f1 You can view the following details here e Branch Code e Customer No e Account Number e Currency e Month e Highest Outstanding Balance ne ORACLE 3 2 34 1 Specifying Change log Details Branch Code Account Change Log Details HM 4 40no gt C mis Class Transaction Date Old MIS Code New MIS Code Branch The current logged in branch code is displayed here 3 2 34 2 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details Click on the Cheque Book Request button in the Customer
190. ee Minor Check the box if the nominee is a minor oo ORACLE Guardian Name Specify the complete name of nominee s guardian Relationship Specify the nominee s relationship with the guardian Address 1 2 3 amp 4 Specify the complete address of the guardian Options Options consist of the additional preferences that you would like to opt for You can select the following facilities if required Replicate Customer Signature The system will select the Replicate Customer Signature by default However you can uncheck it if required Salary Account Check the box if the account is a salary account Account Facilities Account Facilities consists of the facilities provided for the corresponding account You need to specify the following information Cheque Book Check the box to avail the facilities of a cheque book Passbook Check the box to avail the facilities of a passbook ATM Check the box to avail the facilities of an Anytime Teller Machine ATM Alternate Account Number Specify an alternate account number if any More Preferences 140 ORACLE More Preferences consists of the additional facilities provided by the bank You need to specify the following facilities that you prefer Auto Debit Card Request Check the box to raise a request for debit card If the Auto Debit Card Request check box is selected the system will invoke the Debit Card Details sub screen You need to s
191. eeeseesseeseeeeeeeaees 3 150 3 21 8 Viewing Quick Customer Account SUMMATY ssssssesssssesessssneseereeneerreresesrresesreeresrenrsrrerresenrteesreeresre 3 150 MAINTAINING TAX ALLOWANCE LIMIT eesseessescsecccesecesecssecscesscecscesocesocescceseeescesseecosecocecsescesseessese 4 1 4 1 INTRODUCTION poeier ereere es eei aE E NE AE EEO EE E ENEE EN ENE Eae 4 1 4 2 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER ACCOUNT TAX ALLOWANCE cccsessssesececeesensecesecececsesnsaesecececsenseaeseeeeeseeseaees 4 1 MAINTAINING STAMP DUTY TAXATION sesssessseesseecocsccesccesecsseoscesscecscesocesocescceseoeseesssecsescoceccescessesssese 5 1 5 1 INTRODUCTION enpera e EAE EE AEEA ROEE EERE E ESSENORA EEE 5 1 MAINTAINING PASSBOOK vsscissssessossntsscesccsensesvonssnascosonssidenasecessnianssoossncsscosesnsdestencsssaseeesendsacsscesenesvenessnsaes 6 1 6 1 INTRODUCTION Arie E S E a E EREE 6 1 6 2 MAINTAINING PASSBOOK DETAILS cccceessssececececeesseuececececsensuaesecececeesenseseseeeeeeeeseaaeeeeseecsesssaseeeeeseeesenaeea 6 1 6 3 CHANGING PASSBOOK STATU ccccceceesessscecececeesesseaecceececsesseaesecececeessaaecesececsessaaeeesecseeeneseaeseeeeeesessaaseeeees 6 5 6 4 PASSBOOK REPORTS eisene ERE ar E e EEE EEEE EEA 6 6 MAINTAINING CHEQUE BOOK DETAILS ccsscsssssssscssccssssscsssccsnessssscssascssscesnsssssscsseascssssssnascssses 7 1 7 1 DENUN D 0 05 V CONN PITTE 7 1 7 1 1 Maintaining Cheque Book Details nosseseeseeeneneeeeneesesesenesrsreesrsresssser
192. een In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt 0 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 AND VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M lt AMOUNT2 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS YEAR 100 AMOUNT2 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list a ORACLE Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY DR BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 gt AMOUNTS VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS YEAR 100 lt AMOUNTS3 Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list ee ORACLE Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list
193. eissue Remarks User Reference Beneficiary Additional Identifier Details Name Address Country Narrative MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status Only contracts with Active status and payable at your branch will be available for Liquidation The liquidation product code as maintained in ARC should be selected The beneficiary account details are defaulted from ARC if maintained or have to be entered in the fields available for the same Charges are defaulted from ARC and can be modified Liquidation option should be selected from the toolbar menu to activate liquidation process 13 4 4 Charges for the Instrument The charges that you have specified in the ARC Maintenance for the instrument branch and currency combination for the transaction are applied by default Click the Charges tab in the main Instruments Transaction Query screen to view the charges iy ORACLE amp instruments Transaction Query Toe M Ci Charge Account Charge Branch 10f1 Amount Currency General Ledger Their Account Netting Transaction Code Account Currency is MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status The following details are displayed in this screen based on the ARC record for the instrument branch and currency combination chosen for
194. em maintains the status of each leaf in the book The status of a cheque leaf can be one of the following Symbol Status Significance N Not Used This cheque has not been used U Used This cheque has been used R Rejected This cheque has been returned without clearance S Stopped A stop payment has been issued for this cheque C Cancelled This cheque has been cancelled To view the status of a Cheque book the details of which are on display click View Cheque Status button on the Cheque Book Maintenance table The View Cheque Status table is invoked View Cheque Status 100 CO Cheque Book No Cheque No Status cs ORACLE Here you can view the status of all the leaves in this Cheque book The Cheque Number on display is the number of the first leaf on this Cheque book and is defaulted from the Cheque Book Details screen The Cheque leaf status can be viewed in a matrix form The column number should be suffixed to the row number to arrive at the Cheque number whose status you want to view For example in the matrix above the second row number 000000000000001 when suffixed with 0 would give the status of the Cheque number 0000000000000010 which is under a stop payment order To move up and down the matrix click on the upward and downward arrow respectively on the side of the matrix You have the option of manually changing the status of any of the Chequ
195. ement Book Deposit Slip Book If you have allowed the use of lodgment books for an account class this specification is defaulted for all customer accounts that use such a class You can change the Account Class default and make the required specification If you wish to allow orders of lodgment books for individual customer accounts you can indicate so in the Customer Account Maintenance screen by selecting the Lodgment Book option Ny ORACLE Consolidated Certificate Required You need to indicate whether consolidation for inward clearing is required at the Customer Account level This option gets defaulted from the Account Class Maintenance screen If this option is unchecked in the Account Class Maintenance screen then it cannot be enabled here This option will process a consolidated entry for all the transactions for a customer in an inward clearing batch Please refer Clearing user manual for more information Back Period Eniry Allowed You can choose to allow the posting of back valued entries into the account by enabling the Back Period Entry Allowed option If you choose not to restrict back period entries you will be allowed to post journal entry transactions to past periods as long as the account is open This specification is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can choose to change it for a specific account While posting back valued transactions the System verifies whether the Back Period E
196. en you can indicate whether the mode of liquidation of bills is to be automatic or manual The system automatically liquidates those bills marked for auto liquidation If the bills are marked for manual liquidation you have to liquidate them through the Billing Liquidation screen The liquidation is triggered differently for each of the following scenarios e Account Based e Adhoc Based e Batch Based Refer the section Defining parameters for settlement liquidation of bill for an account in Billing User Manual under Modularity for details about this screen ee ORACLE 3 2 30 Specifying Account Signatory Details You can capture details of signatories for the account using the Signatory Details screen To invoke this screen click the Account Signatory button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Signatory Details Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Minimum No of Signatories Customer Name Account Message Signatory Details 10710 CO Signature Id Signatory Name Signatory Type Approval Limit Signatory M H Here you can capture the following details Branch The system defaults the current branch here Account Number This is the account number to which signatories are to being linked Account Description The system displays the description for the account you have selected Customer Number Enter the customer signatory you want to link to the account Yo
197. en authorized by a user other than you Status remains open or closed depending upon the status of the record Request Status Select the status of the cheque book request from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Requested e Generated e Delivered e Destroyed Request Mode The system displays the mode by which the cheque book request was made This list displays the following values e Oracle Flexcube e Any other external system Language Code Select the language code from the adjoining option It displays all the language code in the system Delivery Mode Select the mode of delivery of the cheque book from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Courier e Branch If the delivery mode is Courier then you will need to specify the delivery address Delivery Address 1 Specify the address to which the cheque book should be delivered From the adjoining option list You can choose the valid account address maintained in the system ea ORACLE Delivery Address 2 4 Specify the address to which the cheque book should be delivered Apply Charge Check this box to indicate that Online service charge is applied on new issue modify auth of the cheque book against customer account Include for Cheque Book Printing When processing automatic reordering of cheque books for your branch a file will be generated which will include the details of
198. enance screen to invoke the Debit Card Request Details screen Debit Card Details Card Details Branch Code Request Reference Number Customer No Account No Card products Card BIN Name On Card Card Number Card Application Date o Primary Card Card Status Requested You will be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Debit Card Request check box in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Branch Code The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Request Reference Number The reference number of the request is auto generated and populated when you click on the Default button Customer No The customer number of the account gets defaulted Account No The account number gets defaulted from account details Card Products Specify the card products The adjoining option list displays the card products maintained in the system You can select the appropriate ones sa ORACLE 3 2 35 Card Bin Specify the card bin The adjoining option list displays the card bins maintained for the specified card product You can choose the appropriate one Name on Card Specify the customer name that is to be printed on card Card Number Specify the debit card number to be requested The adjoining option list displays the valid debit card numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Card Application Date The card application date would b
199. ents button to invoke Events screen Events Reference No 10f1 iene gt im Event Number EventDate EventCode Account Description Accounting Entries Reference Number System displays the reference number Events System displays the following details under this section e Event Number Event sequence number Er ORACLE e Event Date Date of the event e Event Code event code of the transaction e Description event code description 7 1 6 1 Viewing Accounting Entries You can view accounting entries in the Events screen Click on Accounting Entries button to invoke Accounting Entries screen Accounting Entries Reference No 1010 Branch Account Transaction Code Amount Tag Reference Number System displays the transaction reference number here Event System displays the event code of the transaction here Accounting Entries System displays the following details under this section e Branch Account branch code e Account Account number e Dr Cr C Indicates Credit and D indicates Debit e Amount Tag Amount Tag of the transaction e Currency Account currency e Foreign Currency Amount Amount in foreign currency e Local Currency Amount Amount in local currency e Date Date of the transaction e Value Date Value date of the transaction e Code Transaction code ie ORACLE
200. eport is generated User ID Indicates User ID Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated aes ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates Account Number Customer Id Indicates Customer Number Customer Name Indicates Customer Short Name Account Class Indicates Account Class Product Indicates Product Effective Date Indicates Effective Date UDE ID gt Value Indicates UDE ID gt Value List Note the following Variance maintained for the TD accounts is displayed for the current day If the account is a CASA account system will not display the variance maintained for the current day A back dated value has to provided as input parameter to view the variance report for CASA accounts 18 15Operating Instructions Not Captured Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates maintenance of operating instructions for a customer account If an operating instruction is maintained for an account then while processing transactions pertaining to that account the system validates the instructions You can generate Operating Instructions Not Captured Report to list the accounts for which the following operating instructions are not maintained Mode of operation Account signatory details Nominee details Minor and guarantor details ee ORACLE You can invoke the O
201. eresesreesrsrenrssersresenrrsesrestrseee 7 1 7 1 2 Defining Cheque Book Details cccccccscesccessceescesecesecesecusecceesseeseeeseeeseessesseeesecesecaeceaecsasesaeeaaeeneees 7 2 7 1 3 Viewing the Status Of a Cheque cccescccssesssescesscesecesecesecsecaceeseeeseesseeseeeeseeecesecesecaecuaessaecaaeeaaeeaeees 7 5 7 1 4 Viewing Details of a Cheque and changing its Status cccccsccssesscesecseesecsseseceseeeceseeseeseceeeeenaeeaeeaees 7 6 7 1 5 VIEWINGS Charge Details isga pir ae or e eyeenatuavtneannansbgieaasesdive ry E EE EE 7 6 7 1 6 VIEWING EVENIS onys eE e E E i A E A EE RE R Ea 7 7 7 1 7 Maintaining Cheque Details visu sc renean e a eR E E E E E 7 9 7 1 8 Retrieving Cheque Details cccccssccsseesceessesseesseeeeceeecesecsecaecaaecaaecaaeeseeeseeeaeeeseeeeeseeeeaeeeaeseaeseaeenas 7 10 MAINTAINING ACCOUNT STRUCTURE s cssocssssssossosssssessocssssseseonssanscsensscnsssescntsoonssenessensaseonasessssnesesaces 8 1 8 1 INTRODUCTION EEE EA EE E E E E E EE E EEE A EE 8 1 ORACLE 8 2 DEFINING ACCOUNT STRUCTURE cccccccccccccccececececececececececesecececececececesececeeasseacececacesacasaceseeeseceuseaseeseseaeenaes 8 1 6 2 1 Debiting Transaction into the Primary ACCOUNL 1 cesccsceseceseeseeseeseesecsteeceeescseeeceaeeaeesecaaeeesaseneeaees 8 1 8 2 2 Processing Amount Block 1 cecccsscesseeseesseesseeeeeeecesecsecsecaaecasecseecseeeseesseeseeeeeeseceaeceaeceaecaaeenaeeaaeeaeees 8 2 8 3 MAINTAINING ACCOUNT STRUCT
202. erest is calculated using the daily For such cases you must maintain the balance method applied annually and APY basis as ACCR monthly statement is provided Daily Statement frequency is more than APY calculation includes the interest Balance liquidation frequency as well and accrued till the current statement date Statement frequency not in sync with For such cases you must maintain the liquidation frequency APY basis as ACCR Deposit Certificate Printing You can have deposit certificates displaying the computed APY printed either as part of the EOD process or ad hoc printed from the menu CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT DATE 31 DEC 2000 REFERENCE NUMBER RDD1rrtm090 AMERICAN BANK MAIN BRANCH 21 LINCOLN HIGHWAY WASHINGTON WE ACCEPT FROM regulation dd customer 25 mg road opp brigade road bangalore A DEPOSIT OF 20000 GBP MATURING ON 31 JAN 2001 ANNUAL PERCENTAGE YEILD IS AS FOLLOWS PRODUCT APY Example for APY computation Your pays 30 37 in interest on a 1 000 six month certificate of deposit where the six month period used by your bank contains 182 days the annual percentage yield would be APY 100 1 30 37 1 000 365 182 1 6 18 To ensure the APY computation in the system you must 1 Define interest formula say FORMULA1 2 Define a system defined element SDE for Balance 14 2 ORACLE Define a SDE for Days number of days in the period say DAYS Define a SDE f
203. ertaining to all the accounts held by this customer e Account Number e Account Description e Branch Code e Customer Name e Account type e Currency Current Balance Jauo ORACLE 3 4 Viewing Customer Accounts Details You can view the customer accounts details maintained in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen using the Customer Accounts Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSCUSAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Accounts Summary Authorization Status v Record Status v X Branch Code BE Account ai Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 OF 1 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Currency Acc In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Branch Code e Record Status e Account Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed ne ORACLE You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched
204. esceseeseesecseeecuceeeenseesesaecaeesecaeeeecneseneaees 3 5 3 22 14 Specifying Linked Entities sinini tece toes thas eh Hea e outs bien ga Ha edb kb E E be eee 3 52 3215 Specifying REG Details siririn neen e e EN EE E E NRG 3 53 3 2 16 Specifying Account Status Details csccscesscsscerceseseseverssetsevereceoceeseseconsssesesenesonecsenerssensenereneneres 3 54 3 217 Specifying Restriction Detail Senigi ei iseteensonstberegueguensapediensitetvenvenedbevestegweese sieves 3 55 3 2 18 Specifying Currency Limits Details rres iiir AEEA A 3 58 IZII Specifying MIS Detti leserens innt e E e ENE NERE EE ARA 3 60 3 2 20 Specifying Statement Details sinirine e oE EREE EEA RA 3 63 3221 Specifying Account LAMUS iriri en e ea e E EE R EENE ARO 3 70 3 2 22 Specifying Linkages Details ssrin in e ions EEE A 3 73 3 223 Specifying Document Details sriain iee EK cise teestovesbeceguesueneanedicnsstersetdetedbevesteamevesredteves 3 75 D224 Specifying OGNMIS susen eepe kea E E S E E E E A SETE A E 3 76 3 2 23 Specifying Joint Holder Details ssrcyiseirgnn prsia nae eie aieia 3 79 3220 Specifying UDF Details pienen ea e a E A e E E a tests ates n EN REE 3 81 3 2 27 Specifying Deposits INStructions c cccccccccccesceseceseceecnsecseeaseeseesseeeeeeseeeeeeesesesecesecaecaecaaeeaaseaeeeneees 3 8 32 28 Specifying Billing Pa ramietetS soseissesteccslecasespsvsnseseens tent yeasteinscscsbengdaseeuvedaadueysidedvovtanedsedbateiwenbanaetiened 3 83 3 2 29 Initiating
205. esesessuesesseseeeseesese 20 1 20 2 EVENTS oaeaeei enee a TE E EE a E ORE eE Ee ee TER patauvevasstedsvadensvencadtousuncsiavabeotoeesseisessee 20 1 20 3 AMOUNT TAGS erisera aee er ee ee a a EE aR EA eE VE eE E Ea e a E Ee N E IE aTi aT a S 20 1 20 4 ACCOUNTING ROLES sisia aeiee eiae eee ee eae aa SRE ea eaa Eaa EE EE a A a E Ea Eaa O AEEA a Ea 20 2 20 5 EVENT WISE ACCOUNTING ENTRIES FOR PRODUCTS ccccscssssessesseesesseseeesesseesecsesesesaeeesesessussesseseseneeeese 20 5 20 5 1 Accounting Entries for Interest PrOCucts scccscceseceseceseenseesseeseeseeeseceeeeeseeesecsecaecaaecauesaeeeaeeeaeees 20 6 20 5 2 Accounting Entries for Discounted Cheques s cscccssccsseescesseeeseeesceecesecuaecanecaaecacesseeeseeeseeesenseeeaees 20 16 21 ANNEXURE C IC RULE SET UP sesesesscsesosoesesesoecosoroeseseecesososoeseseooorosorsesesoecosorosoesesecsesosoeoesessesesoe 21 1 ZAI INTRODUCTION t5s 3 53sh0528ssshiesd esedenteseseine stuvedssizevonsebesnedueduevbaysasenedagsacvebsbstaredeesnevbupnss teetesonessonnssnsesigtasesnston 21 1 Zed MC RULE MAINTENANCE seiss stias aandike nbena sien cbesezeventubtonsdeschtonsy vas enosuesd cpeapvataredectzenboosShveotersdesabeessaseteg saunas ston 21 1 21 2 1 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 2 21 2 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts ccccccesecessceesseseeseeesseteeceeesseceeeeescecseceesaeececeesaaecteneeenaeceeneeenaees 21 6 21 2 3 Interest on Current account f
206. estoesacestectec soon es siveescnshdtecs tiers RE 3 1 3 2 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS wi ccscccssctscsiiccsscensecssceatecsscencectsceacesestencestetentescsseecestsvencesedteasescesenceseees 3 2 3 2 2 Viewing Details of Amounts ANd Dates cccccesccescesecesecesecnseeeeeseeeseesseeseeeeceseceaecaeceaecaaecsaeeaaeeneees 3 9 3 2 3 Capturing Auxiliary Details sisanne tiles thee aaea a E E EE TE SERR 3 12 3 2 4 Sweep In and Sweep Out Batch Processing csccsccescssseesseeseesseesscesecesecusecaecaaecaeeeseesseeeseeeeeeeeseaees 3 28 3 2 5 Specifying Nominee Details csccesccesccssecsecssseceenseensesscesseesecesecsaecaeenaecnaecnascnasenseeasesseesneessesess 3 32 3 2 6 Capturing Checklist Details i ccscesss sassssessseesbe ieee sii Gieeenss ciasaasicaccetie linet the tuemess taal asvieesgeibe lies RRS 3 34 3 2 7 Capturing Additional Details iccaccsss sessssessicestsliestececenessga cdaaestucsss n Ea a E EARS 3 37 3 2 8 SPECI YING INTENSE Details cisse oenn aaa E E AERE AR O S 3 38 32 9 Specifying Charge Details eii nia a a A E E R 3 45 3 2 10 Specifying Consolidated Charge Details ccccccscscssscssssscsseescesessceeceesecuseeeesseesessecseeseeaeeeecnaseeeeaees 3 47 3241F Specifying BIC Details isis anean AR E E E AEE NS 3 49 3 2 12 Specifying Account Operating Instruction Details ssesseseeseeeeeeeeeeeresrseresesresresresresereresesreereseee 3 50 3 2 13 Specifying Standing Instruction Details cccsccsscsscesscsesecse
207. et Currency UDF_30 Narrative Maker Id Maker Id Maker Date Stamp Maker Date Stamp Authorizer Id Authorizer Id Chequeer Date Stamp Chequeer Date Stamp Record Status Record Status Authorization Status Authorization Status Authorized Once flag Authorized Once flag Message Type Not mapped Branch Code Payable Branch Version Number Version Number Latest Version Number Not mapped Customer Account Branch Account Branch Counterparty Account Branch Offset Branch 15 10 ORACLE 15 2 Manual Processing for Uncollected Funds Typically uncollected funds on a payment instrument will be actually cleared after a specified time interval depending upon the type of instrument This is referred to as the availability information for uncollected funds The availability information is maintained for each kind of transaction in your bank represented by transaction codes in Oracle FLEXCUBE You can manually make available or release uncollected funds before the available date for credit transactions 15 2 1 1 Operations that you can Perform You can invoke the Uncollected Funds Release screen by typing ACDMUNCL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Uncollected Funds Release Branch To Date Fund Selection Release From Date Authorize Query View All O
208. f linkage You can specify the following tee ORACLE e If you have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e f you have selected linkage type as Pool then you have to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field e f you have selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Linkage Percentage Specify the percentage of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool Orre total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for joint venture customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will raise an error message Sum total of Limits Percentage should be 100 Linkage Amount The system displays the amount contributed for the credit line tele ORACLE 12 1 9 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Transaction You can query view and delete the transaction details of the post dated cheques in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSONLIN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Transaction Summary Transaction Reference Fel Product Code Branch Code P Remitter Account Number Instrument Number a Issuer Bank Authorization Stat
209. f the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input Ci New Transaction Reference Sector Code External Reference Number Checks in Series Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Of Entries Number i Account Description Currency Amount Beneficiary Account a Number g Remarks Beneficiary Name Instrument Number Instrument Number Frequency Loan Account Number Clearing Details E Clearing Product Routing Number End Point Clearing Bank Issuer Bank Clearing Branch Issuer Branch Sector Code p Charge Payable Details Charge Branch az Charge Account Sl Number Charge Account Description Charge Currency per Ez Activation Date Purpose i Days Frequency Location Of Cheque Months Frequenc C i Years Frequency PDC Bulk Input Details E Contract Reference Operation Beneficiary Account Number Beneficiary Name Instrument Number Amount DP Amount Discount i Project Details Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number The fields in this screen are the same as those in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen mentioned above Additionally you have to specify the number of instruments the instrument number frequency and the activation date frequency i e the frequency wi
210. fails to provide the required notice to the bank e The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer on his her credit balance in the account Monthly Free Amount Specify the amount that the customer can withdraw per calendar month from his her savings account without being liable to pay advance interest Notice Days Specify the number of days before which the customer should notify the bank if he she wants to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount from his her account Validity Period Specify the validity period in number of days During this period the customer can do the withdrawal of the amount for which he she notified the bank For more details on Notice Accounts refer the following section Levying penalty interest on notice accounts nm ORACLE 3 2 33 Viewing Cards Details Click Cards button to view details about debit cards issued against the account Cards Summary Screen Branch Code Customer No Account Number 10710 C Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Request Reference Number Card Number Here you can view the following details Branch Code The branch code is displayed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Customer No The customer identification code CIF of the account holder is displayed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Account No The account number is display
211. fication is checked in Account Class Maintenance screen gt The account status is active and authorized gt The mandatory documents are not submitted Notifications will be sent based on the frequency specified First notification will be sent on the expected date of submission or expiry date If notification date falls on a holiday then system will send the notification on next working day Days Reminder System defaults the number of days left for the expiry or submission due date of the documents for sending the reminder System will send the following reminders Reminder prior to the submission due date of the document Reminder prior to the expiry date of the document Overdue notifications after the due date if the document is not submitted based on the frequency Notifications after the expiry date if the document is not submitted after the expiry date Note the following Reminder will be sent only if gt The mandatory documents are not submitted gt The account status is active and authorized Reminder will be sent only once If reminder date falls on a holiday then system will send the notification on next working day Reminder will be sent prior the number of days specified at the account level from expected date of submission or the expiry date see ORACLE 3 2 7 If there are more than one notifications or reminders of the same message type for which the notification schedule date falls
212. following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Specific If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Group Code You can generate this report for all the groups or a single group alone You can indicate the group for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the groups e Specific If you choose this you need to specify the group code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid group codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Primary Account You can generate this report for all the accounts or a single account alone You can indicate the primary account for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the accounts e Specific If you choose this you need to specify the account for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Report Format Specify the format in which the report should be generated The drop down list displays the following options e HTML e RTF e PDF e EXCEL
213. from the adjoining calendar To Date cannot be a future date Contents of the Report Body of the Report The generated report will provide the following information Field Name Field Description From Date This indicates date from when the interest is computed To Date This indicates date till when the interest is computed No Of Days This indicates number of days for which the interest is computed Eff Int Rate This indicates interest rate based on which the interest is computed Interest amount This indicates calculated interest amount Int Balance This indicates interest balance Total Interest Capitalized This indicates the total interest amount capitalized in the specified period Total Tax Amount This indicates the total tax amount over the interest amount in the specified period ree ORACLE 18 9 If the customer account is linked to multiple products or formulae then the interest statement displays the credit and debit interest details separately for that customer account Dormant Activated Report An account is moved to Dormancy state in the absence of any customer initiated transaction in that account for a period maintained at Account Class Maintenance level After a specific period the status will be changed to unclaimed deposit These accounts are activated once the customer initiates a transaction At the end of the Dormant Activity you can generate Do
214. fy any discount percentage the provisioning batch picks up the applicable discount percentage from the Exposure Provisioning Percentage Maintenance for the exposure category of the account and the account status ae ORACLE 3 2 3 9 Capturing Positive Pay Positive Pay For the account you are maintaining you can specify whether you want positive pay facility for the account or not When a check comes in for payment the system validates for any unpaid record only for those accounts that are under positive pay For all the other accounts that are not specified for positive pay the system does not do any validation before making payments for the checks Funding If you enable Funding accounting entries will be posted by the Positive Pay maintenance upload table for the positive pay transaction You have to enable Positive Pay to make use of Funding functionality If Positive Pay is not enabled Funding option will not be applicable If Funding is not selected accounting entries will not be passed for positive pay transactions vou cannot enable both Deferred Reconciliation and Funding functionalities You have to choose between either of them for a particular account Mod 9 Validation Required You can enable Mod 9 Validation for positive pay accounts only Only if positive pay enabled then Mod 9 Validation will be active In the case of inward clearing of Positive Pay files if Modulo 9 i
215. g Project Details Duplication Details Maker Date Time Process Status Checker Date Time Status Authorization Status Tie ORACLE The system will open the Customer Balance View screen containing the brief information about the credit account selected Customer Account Balance View Branch Code WB1 Customer Account 0000000000021 CustomerID WB1004303 R Account Currency GBP Account Current Balance 231 692 53 Account Available 228 049 67 Balance Local Currency Current 231 692 53 Balance The Customer Balance View screen would contain the following information e Branch Code e Customer Account e Customer ID e Account Current Balance e Account Available Balance e Local Currency Current Balance ee ORACLE Click the Details button on the Customer s Balance View screen to open the Customer Account Balance screen This screen consists of detailed information on customer s balance The system displays the detailed balance information of the selected customer account if it is a valid customer Customer Account Balance S view amp Enter Query Basic Details Branch Code WB1 Account Description Michael Pattinson Account No 0000000000021 TOD Currency GBP Account Class Savings account class 2012 05 06 Account Open CustomerNo WB1004303 Ownership Single Name Michael Pattinson Mode of Operation Memo Details 10f1 Instruction ID Instruction Descriptio
216. g arrow button Minor Customer Detail Report Branch Code No of Days To Attain Maturity Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list No of Days to Attain Change Specify the number of days within which the Minor Account attains maturity Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later nee ORACLE Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report fr
217. generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Operating Instructions Not Captured Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Code Indicates Bank Code Bank Name Indicates Bank Name Branch Code Indicates Branch code Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated te 88 ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report
218. ght corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Click new button on the Application toolbar Cheque Book Maintenace New 7 Enter Query Branch Kind Of Cheque Account Euro First Check Number Commercial Check Leaves Charge Details Cheque Book Type o Apply Charge Order Date Issue Date Order Details D Incl For Cheque Book Language Code Printing Request Status Delivery Mode Request Mode Delivery Address 1 Delivery Address 2 Delivery Address 3 Delivery Address 4 Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status e ORACLE In this screen you can maintain the following details for a Cheque book issued to a customer e Branch Code e Customer account number e First Cheque number of the Cheque book e The total number of Cheque leaves in the book e The Kind of Cheque whether Euro or Commercial e The date on which the order was placed for the book e The date on which the Cheque book was issued e Any other order related detail You can query the other branch transactions only from the summary screen 7 1 2 Defining Cheque Book Details The following details need to be maintained for a Cheque book Branch Code System displays the branch code Account Number Specify the account number of the customer to whom you are issuing a Cheque book in the Account Number field The adjoining option list displays all customer account numbers maintained in th
219. h Accrual Event CDIS Check discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event PULL CHECK DISCOUNTING PD TAG Cr Customer PD_ TAG Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_CHG_TAG Dr PD_PULLINC PD _CHG_TAG Cr Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr dee ORACLE 12 9 1 2 Customer PD_TAG Dr RIA lt interest comp gt _Adj Dr Income lt interest comp gt _Adj Cr Event ACCR RIA lt Interest comp gt _ACCR Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _ACCR_ Cr Discounted Advance charge collection without Accrual Event CDIS Check discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event PULL Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Customer PD TAG Dr RIA lt interest comp gt _Ref Dr Customer lt interest comp gt _Ref Cr Customer PD CHG_TAG Dr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr PD_PULLINC PD_CHG_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG Dr 12 49 ORACLE 12 9 1 3 Cheque discounted PD TAG Cr Income lt interest comp gt _LIQD Cr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Chequ
220. h to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Stop Cheques Maintained Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID From date Indicates Date from when report is generated To Date Indicates To date till when report is generated Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description ies ORACLE Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates Customer Account Number Account description Indicates Account description Customer Id Indicates Customer Id Customer Name Indicates Customer Short Name Currency Indicates Currency of the Account Chq St No Indicates Cheque Start Number Chg End No Indicates Cheque End Number Amount Indicates Cheque Amount Stop Chq Date Indicates Stop Cheque Date Stop Payment Type Indicates Stop Payment Type Reason Indicates Reason for Stop Payment
221. haircut percentage available for the collateral category you entered System validates whether the TD Linked to the OD account is marked for auto rollover If Auto rollover is not marked for the TD then the system will automatically mark the TD as Auto rollover during authorization of the OD Account Rollover type will be set to P l if interest booking account is same as TD and payout details for interest component is not maintained for the TD Rollover type will be set to P if interest booking account is not same as TD or payout details for interest component is maintained for the TD mA ORACLE 3 2 23 Specifying Document Details You can capture the customer related documents in central content management repository through the Document Upload screen Click Documents button to invoke this screen Document Upload Document Upload tof l Document Category Document Type Document Reference Remarks Upload View N CARD ag PAN CARD a 2 IPM_o00986 E ew Here you need to specify the following details Document Category Specify the category of the document to be uploaded Document Type Specify the type of document that is to be uploaded Document Reference The system generates and displays a unique identifier for document reference Remarks Specify the additional information if any ate ORACLE Upload Click Upload button to open the Document Upload sub screen The
222. he Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the Change Log screen refer to the section 3 2 34 1 in this chapter 3 21 8 Viewing Quick Customer Account Summary You can view the summary details of the quick customer account in the Quick Customer Account Summary screen To invoke this screen type STSCASAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Quick Customer Account Summary Authorization Status Record Status v Branch Code B Account Search Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Currency Acc You can search for the records based on one or more of the following parameters e Authorization Status Stee ORACLE e Record Status e Branch Code e Account Once you have specified the search parameters click Search button The system displays the following information e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch Code e Account e Account Description e Customer No e Currency e Account Class e No Debits e No Credits e Stop Payments e Dormant e Account Open Date e Alternate Account Number e Cheque Book e Passbook e ATM Account Number e Account Type e Frozen e MT110 Reconciliation Required e Project Account ales ORACLE 4 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit 4 1 Introduction
223. he Cheque book of a customer You can invoke this screen by typing CARPCKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Cheque Details Report Report For Selected Account All Accounts Account Selection Options You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report Report For Select the option Selected Account if you want to generate the cheque book details report for a selected account Select the option All Accounts if you want to generate reports for all accounts Account If you have selected the option Selected Account select the account for which the cheque detail report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Cheque Book Details Report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code branch date the date and time of report generation the user ID of the user generating the report module page and the event date ie ORACLE Body of the report Account The account number of the customer Description The description of the account Check No The Cheque leaf number Status The status of the cheque Amount The amount for which the cheque is issued Presen
224. he bank even in the absence of any instruction from the drawer of the cheque The instruction can be deferred Deferred Reconciliation function goes hand in hand with the Positive Pay described above and Deferred Reconciliation is applicable only for Positive Pay Accounts e f Positive Pay No and Deferred Reconciliation No the cheque is subjected to the usual validations and is Rejected if There is any discrepancy in the instrument There is a Stop payment instruction issued against the instrument e f Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation No Cheque is subject to the usual validations and processing e f Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation Yes and if any one or more of the three fields viz Branch Account No Cheque No does not match with the Positive Pay instruction the cheque will be put under Deferred Reconciliation as Unreconciled e If this unreconciled cheque comes in for clearing once again with the same set of parameters it is Rejected e f Positive Pay instruction is received for an Unreconciled cheque it is marked Reconciled and the cheque status is marked Liquidated e f Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation Yes and the Amount field does not match with the Positive Pay instruction the check is Rejected outright All data pertaining to reconciled and unreconciled cheques are maintained and information regarding account no cheque no amount and status of the instrument reconcile
225. he cheque details from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Open Select this option if the cheque details are not effective e Closed Select this option if the cheque details are effective Branch Code Select branch code if you need to view records based on the branch code from the adjoining option list Account Number Select an account number if you need to view records based on the account number from the adjoining option list A ORACLE Cheque Number Select cheque number if you need to view records based on the cheque number from the adjoining option list Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch e Account Number e Cheque Number e Amount e Presented On e Mod Number You can acquire access rights to operate in multiple branches by checking the Multi Branch Operational check box at User Maintenance level When the record is selected the system validates your access rights of the branch and function If you do not have appropriate rights on the branch then the system displays an error message If the branch is a valid branch then the system updates the same as transaction branch and then queries it in the maintenance screen Pie ORACLE 8 1 8 2 8 2 1 8 Maintaining Account Structure In
226. he code of the sector that is processing the post dated Cheques Issuer Bank Select the bank that is issuing the post dated Cheques Bulk Transaction Reference Number Specify the bulk transaction number that is used in transactions Teas ORACLE For detailed field explanation on End Point amp Routing Number refer to the Clearing User Manual The clearing details are needed only for External type PDCs 12 3 4 2 Charge Payable Details You need to enter the following details for the processing of charges for the PDC Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Status Indicate the current status of the PDC by selecting from the following values U Unprocessed A Active Initiated e V Reversed e L Liquidated e C Cancelled Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing accounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the events associated with a PDC Purpose You have the option of specifying the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Move funds to be collected Check this box to trigger the realization of funds to customer account manually Check this box only when the funds are not in collected stage and when the cheque status is not rejected Checking this field in any other scenarios will t
227. he instrument type is debited for this amount De ORACLE On selection of the account the branch in which the account resides gets defaulted If you select a GL the current branch gets defaulted After you save and authorize the record the system automatically generates the Cheque leaf numbers based on the Cheque book number and the total number of Cheque leaves you have defined for the book The system also maintains the status of each leaf in the book 15 1 2 Viewing the Cheque Leaf Number and Status Click Status button in the Instrument Type Maintenance screen to invoke the Status of Cheque screen In this screen you will see the individual Cheque numbers and Cheque status By default the status of a Cheque is Not Used Instrument Type Branch Account Cheque Book Number Account Branch Instrument Leaf Details ll Cheque Number Status Amount Beneficiary Generation Date Value Date The operation you perform on a Cheque book effects the corresponding Cheque leaves also For instance if you choose to close a Cheque book the status of the Cheque leaves is also automatically updated to Cancelled On reopening the Cheque book the status becomes Not Used again 15 1 3 Defining Cheque Details After the Cheque book is saved and authorized you can view the details of the individual Cheque leaves in the Instrument Type Leaf Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by double clicki
228. he liability Id if the drawer is a bank customer However you can specify the liability Id for a drawer when a cheque discounting transaction is input the limit utilization for the drawer will be tracked against this liability Drawer Status Specify the drawer status This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer statuses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Drawer Name Enter the drawer name However If drawer is bank s customer then the name will get defaulted here Drawer Black Listed The system defaults this field The drawer will be blacklisted based on the number of times the cheque gets returned The cheque return count will be maintained at Bank parameters screen If the number of cheque returns is greater than or equal to the count then drawer will be marked as blacklisted Address Enter the drawer address However If drawer is bank s customer then the address will get defaulted here Cheque Return Count The system displays the number of cheque returns for a drawer Remarks Specify any additional information Drawer Bank Details Bank Code Specify bank code You can link multiple bank codes to one drawer Bank Name Specify the bank name of the drawer 12 41 ORACLE Account Number Specify the account number of drawer bank This adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Status S
229. he status of the PDC would be updated to Returned e Passed When the status of the funds is marked as collected the status of the PDC will be updated as Passed Rejected Code Specify the rejected code The adjoining option list displays all valid rejected codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Advice Required Select this option to generate a Cheque Return Advice while rejecting a record in the MICR file A Cheque Return Advice will be generated only if this option is enabled The bank code and address of the bank will also be included in the advice Instrument Type The system displays the instrument type of the transaction here Remitter bank The system displays the name of the remitter bank Beneficiary Account Select the beneficiary account number from the option list The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Beneficiary Bank Specify the Beneficiary bank Beneficiary Branch Specify the branch code which has beneficiary account The adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Bank Value Date Specify the bank value date Customer Value Date Specify the customer value date Serial Number Specify the serial number ioe ORACLE Contract Reference Specify the contract reference number for the insurance The adjoining opt
230. he stop payment type is amount the Cheque amount represents the amount for which the Cheque was drawn Confirmation Status The confirmation status indicates whether you have confirmed the stop payment instruction issued by the customer oe ORACLE Effective Date This is the date on which the stop payment comes into effect A future dated stop payment is affected after the Beginning of Day process has been executed for the day the effective date of the stop payment Expiry Date The stop payment expires on this day A stop payment is effective till the End of Day is run on the expiry date On expiry of a stop payment the status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated if no other stop payment is enforced on this account If you do not specify an expiry date the stop payment will remain effective till it is revoked Remarks Here you can enter information specific to the stop payment that you are capturing For example you can indicate the purpose for which the stop payment has been issued After having made the required mandatory entries and having saved your work your user ID will be displayed at the Made By field at the bottom of the screen the Date and the Time at which you saved the product will be populated Another user with the requisite rights should authorize any operation that you perform before the End of Day process is executed for the day Apply Charge Check this box to i
231. hed to the particular IC product This is based on your own convention Accounting role type is for example the accrual P L or tax payment For creation of role type system uses standard abbreviations across FLEXCUBE X is a number which is the number of the formula for which the accounting role is created If you have maintained more than one formula at rule level FLEXCUBE will default accounting roles for each of your accounting roles Example SAAB ACCR 1 accounting role for accrual pertaining to SAAB product formula 1 for example credit interest accrual which was defined in formula 1 SAAB PNL 2 accounting role for income or expense booking pertaining to SAAB product formula 2 for example debit interest posting against income GL You should select the appropriate accounting role on the Role to head mapping tab Note SAXX BOOK X represents the settlement account where the amount is credited or debited against P L account This role cannot attached to any GL on Role to head mapping screen but it is used while event wise entries are maintained Accounting roles for Sample IC Product with rule ID like CHAV are given below The following accounting roles are available Accounting Role Description CHAV ACQUIRED INTEREST CHAV ACQUIRED 1 FORMULA 1 CHAV PNL_ADJ 1 CHAV PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 CHAV INCOME EXPENSE A C CHAV PNL 1 FORMULA 1 CHAV TPBL_ADuJ 2 CHAV TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA
232. hich updates the status of the Cheque e A service which will process initiation and expiry of stop payment instructions and amount blocks 2 1 2 Major Functions The major functions which the system provides are the following Maintenance It provides for maintenance of Cheque books issued for a customer account with a provision to track and update the status of each Cheque leaf in the book Maintenance of stop payment instructions issued by customers based on either Cheque numbers or the amount for which the Cheque or Cheques were issued A facility to maintain amount blocks on customer accounts Processing Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated the system will alert the user about the status of the Cheque In case of a stop payment instruction enforced against that account number the system will verify whether the details of the Cheque and the stop payment instructions match It will warn the user accordingly and ask for an override In case of amount blocks the system takes care of the minimum balance to be maintained in the account while monitoring Limits Reports Two types of reports can be generated Details of all Cheques processed along with their status Details of stop payment instructions enforced against various accounts Details of records that have been purged Purge The user has the facility to purge old records which are no longer being used Pe ORACLE 3
233. hrow an error while saving Drawer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Also if you enter the fields instrument number frequency no of entries for a bulk input where the check in series box is not selected an error will be thrown while saving The following operations are also allowed for this screen after the query operation dee ORACLE e Unlock e Save e Authorization e Unlock Changing details of an unprocessed PDC You can only modify an unauthorized and unprocessed PDC If during modification you change the amount activation date currency remitter account number or charge payable details then the contingent entries passed during initiation gets deleted and new entries are passed based on the modification done 12 3 4 3 Specifying Project Details Click the Project Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Yes v Unit ID Deposit Slip Number Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one I
234. icate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enable this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Tertiary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list is displayed e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop dow
235. icates whether the reporting lines defined for status movement for the account class that this account reports to must also be applicable to it The following GL s are defined in the Account Class Maintenance for posting account balances when a status movement occurs on any accounts belonging to the account class e The Debit and Credit GL s to which account balances must be posted for movement to each status e The Central Bank Reporting Debit and Credit GL s e Head Office Reporting Debit and Credit GL s When you select this option the GL s maintained for the account class will be applicable to the customer account you are defining in this screen The reporting lines will be propagated to the account whenever a status change occurs If you do not want the account class details to be propagated to the account as well you have the option of maintaining the status codes and the reporting lines exclusively for an account You can achieve this through the Status Details screen Click the Account Status button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke it Account Auto Closed The system checks this box to indicate that the account has been closed automatically through the auto account closure feature You will not be allowed to modify this mig ORACLE Account Derived Status The system displays the current status of the account here This is applicable for CASA accounts current accounts and savings accou
236. ictions maintained at the account class level will be displayed here When you define transaction code or product restriction attributes for an account itself rather than for the account class to which it belongs it is referred to as a Special Condition You can apply special conditions by selecting the option Special Condition Applicable at the account level If you opt to define special conditions for an account the restrictions defined for the Account Class to which the account belongs will NOT apply to this account If you wish to continue with the account class restrictions opt for Special Condition Not Applicable Restriction Type Specify the restriction type here The options available are Allowed If you select this the products entered in the multi entry block will be allowed for that customer account Disallowed If you select this option the products entered in the multi entry block will be disallowed ane ORACLE Product Code You can select the products and specify the type of transaction Dr Cr or both that you would like to allow disallow for each product In contracts involving the selected products the accounts would be used for processing the selected type of transaction For instance assume that for the account A1 you have allowed Dr for the product ABCD This would mean that if a Dr entry for the product ABCD is passed to the account A1 it would go through but in case a Cr entry is
237. ikewise all credits within a particular account class will report to the GL account that you have identified to track credits Dr Central Bank Line Specify the Central Bank line to which this account will report to if it is in debit This line is maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen Cr Central Bank Line Specify the Central Bank line to which this account will report to if it is in credit This central bank line is maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen Dr Head Office Line Specify the Debit Head Office GL to which the account will report if they are in a debit Cr Head Office Line Specify the Credit Head Office GL to which this account will report if it is running in credit 3 2 17 Specifying Restriction Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Products and Transaction Codes Restriction screen To invoke this screen click the Restriction button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen a ORACLE Products and Transaction Codes Restriction Branch Code Product Details Product List Allowed Disallowed Special Condition Applicable Not Applicable 10f10 Product Description Debit Credit Transaction Details Transaction List Allowed Disallowed Special Condition Applicable Not Applicable 10710 IO Transaction Code Description Debit Credit 3 2 17 1 Specifying Product Restriction Special Condition By default the restr
238. in the account If the first nominee is no more or is missing then the second nominee is called upon to claim the balances in the account Second Nominee You can nominate two persons who would have the right to the balances in your account after the account holder s demise Subsequent to the account holder the first nominee is called to claim the balances in the account If the first nominee is no more or is missing then the second nominee is called upon to claim the balances in the account 3 2 3 Capturing Auxiliary Details Click on the Auxiliary tab to invoke the following screen on ORACLE Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer No Currency Account Class SD User Reference main BB Nominee Check List Cheque Book Preferences ia Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Reorder Cheque Level Reorder No of Leaves Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 Max No of Cheque Rejections a Auto Cheque Book Request ATM Details Branch ATM Account Number Daily Amount Limit Daily count Limit ia Auto Debit Card Request Options Euro Cheques MT210 Required Lodgment Book Consolidated Certificate Required Back Period Entry Allowed CRS Statement Required MT110 Reconciliation Required Default Waiver Track Receivable Referral Required Project Account Spend Analysis ooo ooo oo Consolidated Charges Instructions Standing Instructions Linked Entities Reg Account Status Joint Holders De
239. in the manual Chapter 15 Reports gives the list of reports that can be generated for this module in Oracle FLEXCUBE Chapter 16 Annexure A details format of PD_PDC_CAN message Chapter 17 Annexure B Accounting Entries gives the event wise accounting entries for CASA module Chapter 18 Annexure C IC Rule Set up gives the IC rule set up for CASA module 1 4 Related Documents 1 5 e The Procedures User Manual e The Settlements User Manual Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons 1 2 ORACLE Function Exit Add row Delete row Option List re ORACLE 2 1 2 CASA An Overview Introduction Current Account and Savings Account commonly referred to as CASA is one of the modular sub systems in the Oracle FLEXCUBE system Through this system your bank can execute the following functions e Create a customer account e Capture details of a Cheque book issued to a customer e For each Cheque book the details of which you have maintained the system generates a status matrix This matrix stores the status of each leaf of the Cheque book When no transaction has taken place the status of the Cheque is stored as unused Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated by Funds Transfer or Data Entry modules the status of this Cheque moves from unused to used in this matrix Subsequently if a Cheque is canceled or rejecte
240. ine 1 Beneficiary Institution 3 Beneficiary Address Line 2 Beneficiary Institution 4 Beneficiary Address Line 3 Beneficiary Institution 5 Beneficiary Address Line 4 Payment Details 5 Columns Not mapped Sender to Receiver Information 5 Columns Not mapped Bank Operation Code Not mapped Li ORACLE Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field Instruction Code Not mapped Related Reference Number Not mapped Reject Code Not mapped Reject Details Not mapped UDF_1 Instrument Number UDF_2 DD MICR Number UDF_3 Instrument Status UDF_4 Identifier Name 1 UDF_5 Identifier Value 1 UDF_6 Identifier Name 2 UDF_7 Identifier Value 2 UDF_8 Identifier Name 3 UDF_9 Identifier Value 3 UDF_10 Identifier Name 4 UDF_11 Identifier Value 4 UDF_12 Identifier Name 5 UDF_13 Identifier Value 5 UDF_14 Identifier Name 6 UDF_15 Identifier Value 6 UDF_16 Charge Account UDF_17 Expiry Date Modification Number Modification Number UDF_18 SSN UDF_19 Reissued Flag UDF_20 Original Draft Number 15 9 ORACLE Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field UDF_21 Reissue Remarks UDF_22 Reissued Draft Number UDF_23 Transaction Date UDF_24 Beneficiary Customer Number UDF_25 Print Status UDF_26 Payable Bank UDF_27 Copy of instrument printed UDF_28 Offset Account UDF_29 Offs
241. ined here is always the primary or the default address Each customer can have several addresses for a particular media To distinguish between one address of a customer from another for a given media it is essential for you to specify a unique location for each address Also if you are amending an address here the same gets updated in the Customer Account Address Detailed table after the validations are through Media Indicate the media for which the charge should be levied Select one of the following options from the option list e Mail e Telex e SWIFT e Fax Country Code Specify the country of the customer This adjoining option list displays all valid country codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one The country information is captured to enable Mantas to analyse the transactions for possible money laundering activities i ORACLE 3 2 1 2 Specifying Account Facilities As part of specifying the account facilities you can indicate whether the account holder can avail of the following facilities e Achequebook facility e A passbook facility e A CAS account facility e An ATM facility You can indicate that the account holder can avail of a Chequebook Passbook ATM facility by checking the box positioned next to each of these fields If you have indicated that the account holder needs to be provided with the check book facility you can also specify whether automatic reordering of cheq
242. ing Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHAV TPBL_ADJ 2 TAX_ADJ Credit CHAV BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Debit CHAV BOOK 2 TAX Debit CHAV TPBL 2 TAX Credit 20 11 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHAV PNL 1 ILIQ Credit CHAV BOOkK 1 ILIQ Debit CHAV PNL_ADuJ 1 IACQUIRED Credit CHAV BOOK 2 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 7 Dormancy Charge On Accounts ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator DORM PNL 1 ILIQ Credit DORM BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Debit DORM BOOK 1 ILIQ Debit DORM PNL_ADu 1 IACQUIRED Credit 20 5 1 8 Ad Hoc Statement Charge CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 9 Cheque Book Charges CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 12 ORACLE 20 5 1 10 CIQ Accounting Entries Cheques Returned Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 11 Credit Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 12 Debit Card Blocked CLIQ Accounting Entries
243. ining Consolidated Amount Blocks If you are maintaining consolidated amount blocks for the first time for a customer account you need to select the name of the customer from the option list provided On selection of the customer all accounts maintained for the customer that are available in the current branch will be displayed in the middle section of the screen along with existing amount block details if any Select an account to view all the individual amount blocks for the selected account in the lower half of the screen To create a new amount block click add icon The sequence number for each amount block will be automatically created by the system Maintain the following parameters for the amount block Amount Specify the amount that you would like to block in the account When an amount block is set for an account the balance available for transaction would be the current balance of the account minus the blocked amount Whenever a customer account is debited of an amount that exceeds the available balance in the account the system asks for an override Note that the available funds in a blocked account will always be shown to be the current balance less the amount block The Blocked Amount field in the middle section of the screen will display the sum of all the amount blocks placed on the account You can raise the blocked amount for an account On authorization the Customer Accounts table will be updated wi
244. ion e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Sr No Field Name Field Description 1 Bank Indicates Bank Name 2 Branch Indicates Branch Name 3 Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated 4 Indicates Operator ID User Id 5 Run Time Indicates Run Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Sr No Field Name Field Description 1 Customer Id Indicates Customer Id 2 Customer Name Indicates Customer Name 3 Maker Id Indicates Maker Id 4 Date of Dormancy Indicates Account dormant date 5 Dormancy days Indicates Dormancy days oan ORACLE 6 Available balance Indicates Account available balance 18 19CRR Movement Report Credit Risk Rating CRR is analysed by Oracle FLEXCUBE Retail to determine whether an asset is a performing asset or not The bank can be track either at customer level or at account level based on preferences maintained by the system You can generate CRR Movement Report
245. ion Account Head GL Description m The necessary accounting entries are mentioned below Select the appropriate accounting roles amount tags and Debit Credit indicators for each leg of the accounting entry Accounting entries for charges on PDCs Accounting Role Head Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator Internal GLs PDC_CHARGE Cr Customer A c PDC_CUST_CHARGE Dr Pees ORACLE 12 1 3 Specifying Product Preferences Click Preferences button to invoke the Post Dated Cheques Product Preference screen S Post Dated Cheques Product Preference Product Code Change of Operation Linked Product 2 Discount Purchase Post Dated Cheque Type Track Drawer Limits Bulk Input Allowed Pass Contingent Holiday Treatment Forward Frequency Backward G Cascade Scheduling Charge Details PDC Realization Frequency PDC Realization Type Auto Start Month Manual Start Day Charge Collection Advance Arrears Product Code Specify the code for the Product Linked Product Select the Clearing product to be used when the product matures and the cheque is sent for outward clearing This is only applicable to External PDCs Post Dated Cheque Type Oracle FLEXCUBE processes the following types of PDCs e Own account PDCs issued against the customer s account e External PDC PDCs from other banks deposited in the customer s account e Bank issued PDC PDCs issued against the bank s Nostro acco
246. ion list displays all valid contract reference numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Entry Number Specify the entry number Din Specify the DIN Din Date Specify the DIN date Remarks Specify the remarks if any 15 4 1 Viewing Charge Details You can view all the charge related details in the Charge Details screen Click on Charges button to invoke Charge Details screen Charge Details Contract Reference Event Sequence Number Charge Details a Component Event Currency Amount Status Waiver Contract Reference System displays the contract reference number here Charge Liquidation ae ORACLE System displays the following details under this section e ESN Event sequence number e Component Charge component name e Charge Currency Charge currency e Charge Amount Computed charge amount e Waiver If this box is checked then charge will be waived Waiver Check this box to waive the charge Charge Amount System displays the calculated charge amount here You can amend this if required 15 4 2 Viewing Events You can view all the events in the Events screen Click on Events button to invoke Events screen Reference No 10f1 E EventNumber EventDate EventCode Account Description Accounting Entries Reference Number System displays the reference number here Events System displays the
247. ions Number of Credits Indicates the number of credit transactions Total Debit Value Indicates the total debit value Total Credit Value Indicates the total credit value Current Average Monthly Balance Indicates the current average monthly balance Previous Average Monthly Balance Indicates the previous average monthly balance Current Average Quarterly Balance Indicates the average quarterly balance Previous Average Quarterly Balance Indicates the previous average quarterly balance The month end job ACBCSTAT batch runs in EOFI to compute account statistics and ACSTHAND batch runs at EOTI with daily frequency s Click OK button when you have specified your preferences in the Account Statement Reports screen The Print Options screen gets displayed where you can specify the preferences for printing the report Format Output Print At Printer Printer A Print Options Webpage Dialog POF v Output Print O View Spool Client Server In this screen you can indicate the following preferences for printing the report 18 11 ORACLE Format Select the format in which you want the report to be generated from the options provided in the drop down list The following options are available e HTML e RTF e PDF e Excel Output Select the output for the report from the options provided The follo
248. is list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report neo ORACLE e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Inter Account Status Movement Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Class Indicates Account Class of the Account Account Description Indicates Description of the Account Class Account Number Indicates Account
249. is option if the amount block is effective Account Number Select an account number if you need to view records based on the account number from the adjoining option list Sequence Number Select a sequence number if you need to view records based on the sequence number from the adjoining option list Amount Specify the amount blocked if you need to view records based on the blocked amount Effective Date Select the effective date of the amount block if you need to view records based on the effective date from the adjoining calendar icon Expiry Date Select the expiry date of the amount block if you need to view records based on the expiry date from the adjoining calendar icon Reference No Select the reference number of the amount if you need to view records based on the reference number The system generated original transaction Reference No of Escrow amount blocks will also be displayed Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Account Number e Sequence Number e Amount e Effective Date e Expiry Date e Reference No ae ORACLE 9 1 4 Maintaining Consolidated Amount Block Details You can invoke the Consolidated Amount Block Input screen by typing CADAMBLC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the
250. issuance of new passbook Charge Amount The system computes and displays the charge amount associated with the issuance of passbook However you can edit it Currency The system displays the currency used It need not be same as account currency Charge in Local Currency The system displays the charge amount in local currency on successful Issuance of passbook You cannot modify it Exchange Rate The system displays the applicable exchange rate if the currency used is different from the local currency during SAVE operation Based on the exchange rate maintained for the cross currency charge will be calculated and deducted from the customer account You cannot modify the value ee ORACLE History Tab In History tab you can view the details of the entire passbooks issued for the account New Passbook issue Branch Date 2011 09 02 Save M Hold External Reference Number FJB1124500008267 Branch Code 002 ai Passbook Type 7 Account a Passbook Number Account Description Previous Passbook No Customer Id Previous Passbook Status Status Remarks Se Charge History 40f1 C Passbook Number IssueDate Status Status Description Status Change Date The system displays the details of all the passbooks issued for the selected account The following details are displayed e Passbook Number e Issue Date e Status e Status Description e Status Chang
251. itional signatory message details in this field You can enter a maximum of 4000 characters alphanumeric Specifying Details for Balance Report Statement The Customer accounts maintenance provides you with the facility to generate balance reports for the customer account These details are defaulted from the account class maintenance performed for the account class category the customer account comes under You can however alter these details utilizing the Customer account maintenance screen e ORACLE To invoke this screen click the Interim Transactions Report button in the customer account maintenance screen You need to specify the details for an MT 941 message interim Transactions Report Interim Transactions Report Debit Dr and Cr Amount I Generate Message Credit Amount I Generate Message Only On Movement Statement Count For The Day Year To Date Statement Count Report Transactions Since l x Of l x Account Balance Times I Generate Balance Report Report Transactions Since l z of l 7 This screen contains the details necessary for the account generation parameters The message details the balance of the customer account that is under a particular account class The account balances indicate the condition of the customer account for an identified time period 3 2 31 1 Specifying Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Check this box to indicate that the periodic interim statement MT942 generation
252. ject account to the Escrow account maintained at the Customer Account Maintenance level When a transaction is saved at the Customer Account Maintenance level the system verifies for the following at different levels e Escrow Processing enabled at the Transaction Code Maintenance level one ORACLE 3 9 e Escrow Process enabled for the Credit account If Escrow Process is enabled for Transaction code and Credit account then the system calculates the value of the amount to be blocked for Escrow transfer based on the Percentage maintained at the Customer Account level The system then saves these amount blocks as Escrow type Amount Blocks with an unique original transaction reference number On modifications transaction the block amount would be recomputed accordingly During EOD batch process CASABAT Escrow amount blocks with block expiry date on or before the application date are transferred to the Escrow account maintained at the customer account level with the transaction code maintained at account class level The Amount blocks are placed based on the following conditions e For Future dated transaction the Amount Block will be placed with the block expiry date as effective date of transaction e For current dated transaction the Amount Block will be placed with the block expiry date as application date e If the transaction is saved after the currency cut off time then the Amount Block will be placed with the bloc
253. k expiry date as next day and system processes Escrow transfer on the next day Cut off time is applicable only for transaction entry and not for authorization of transaction Reversal of transaction happens based on the following conditions e If the Reversal of transaction is done on same day the amount block that is placed due to the escrow transaction will be removed e If the transaction is reversed on next day after escrow amount block is processed then the system reverts the amount from the Escrow account The negative entries will be posted with the reversal transaction code maintained at account class level Levying Penalty Interest on Notice Accounts The Notice Account is a savings account for which the bank levies Advance Interest if the account holder withdraws an amount more than the Free Amount The free amount is the amount that a customer can withdraw per calendar month from his her savings account without providing any notice to the bank and without being liable to pay advance interest Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the setting up of a Notice Account using the Customer Accounts Maintenance Notice Preferences screen by enabling the option Advance Interest You can also configure an account class for advance interest by enabling the option Advance Interest at the Account Class Maintenance Notice Preferences screen on ORACLE For more details on the Customer Accounts
254. kage reference number based on the type of linkage You can specify the following tee ORACLE 12 4 e f you have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e f you have selected linkage type as Pool then you has to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field e f you have selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Linkage Percentage Specify the percentage of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool Orne total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for joint venture customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will raise an error message Sum total of Limits Percentage should be 100 Linkage Amount The system displays the amount contributed for the credit line Maintaining Drawer Status Details You can maintain the drawer status details using Drawer Status Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDDWRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button cos Drawer Status Maintenance New Drawer Status Code Description 5 Default Status EL Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status ora ORACLE You can enter the followi
255. king on the adjoining arrow button amp Online Charge Product Maintenance New Source Code Charge Details 100 Fi Charge Event Charge Product Action Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can specify the following details here Source Code Specify the source code The adjoining option displays all the source code maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one It can be FLEXCUBE ACUMEN and so on Charge Details Charge Event Specify the charge event The adjoining option displays all the valid Oracle FLEXCUBE Function ids or products available in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description The system displays a brief description of the product or function id eee ORACLE Charge Product Specify the charge product The adjoining option displays all the valid the valid charge product maintained at arc level You can choose the appropriate one Action Select the action you want the system to perform from the option list The options available are as follows New Auth Modify 15 6 Viewing Interface Clearing Summary You can view the summary details of the clearing transactions using Interface Clearing Summary screen by typing IFSCLGDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button interface Clearing Summary Authorization Status l z S
256. l This is explained in the section titled Maintaining Account Classes Referral Required Referral refers to the process of handling customer transactions which force the accounts involved in such a transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Examples of typical transactions which force an account to move into overdraft are Payment and Collections Funds Transfers Standing Instructions or Clearing transactions Note that you should have checked the box Referral Required in the product preferences screen of the aforesaid modules and the Clearing product applicable to them The Referral Required option is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can change it for a specific account If an account is marked for referral the details of transactions resulting in the account moving into Overdraft will be sent to the referral queue Note that charge fee or interest debited to the customer account will not be referred to the Referral Queue You can view referral transactions in the Referral Queue Summary screen For further details on Referrals refer to the Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE chapter of the Core Entities User Manual Project Account Check this box to track the working capital of the project This account will have a temporary overdraft line attached and banks will use this feature to fund working capital The system will calculate the interest based on the T OD used in the commitment c
257. l of balance messages generated for the account You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT940 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 940 in the current balance report e Previous MT941 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 941 in the current balance report e Previous MT950 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 950 in the current balance report ges ORACLE You can synchronize the time instance by hours for generation of the balance message by clicking the Times button Account Report Gen Time 1010 O Generation Time This screen is employed to indicate the the time instance in hours for the generation of the balance report Message generation time Specify the timing for generation of the MT 941 MT942 message You can specify the time interval in hours only The details for issuing the balance reports are discussed in the chapter Maintaining Mandatory information for different accounts under a particular class The details involved in generation of a balance report for a specific customer account correspond with those discussed for account classes 3 2 31 2 Balance Statement Handoff The balance statement can be handed off as part of scheduled task under Oracle FLEXCUBE You need to assign its frequency in hours This process is initiated for all
258. lace on the contract but have not due to various reasons and history reports and so on From the Application Browser select the Reports option A list of all the modules to which you have access rights are displayed in the screen When you click on a module all the reports for which you have access rights under the selected module are displayed Click on the report you want to generate You will be given a selection Criteria based on which the report would be generated You can generate the following Currents and Savings Account reports e Cheque Book Details Report e CASA Stop Payment Report e Customer Statistics Report e Account Statement Report e PDC Summary Report e Interest Statement Report e Dormant Activated Report e Stop Cheques Maintained Report e Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report e Account Status Movement Report e Variances Maintained Today Report e Operating Instructions Not Captured Report e Minor Customer Details Report e Cheque Purchased Report e Cheque Purchased Returned Today Report e Drawer wise Returned Today Report e CASA Overdraft Report e Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report e CRR Movement Report You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen Tan ORACLE 18 2 Cheque Book Details Report This report gives details of t
259. laz a Calculation Account CDr Cr Advices Interest Booking Account Charge Booking Account C interest Statement Product Details C Waive Product Product ra rodu kz Generate UDE Change User Defined Element Advice Currency E Open ILM Product Display ILM Type UDE Values Dates E Effective Date Open F E Interest SDE E User Defined Element Id UDE Id Rate Code Specify the following details Interest Booking Branch By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Charge Booking Account and Interest Charge Booking Branch fields However you have the option of booking interest charge to a different account belonging to another branch also You can select the Interest Charge Booking Branch from the option list available The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the option list provided for Interest Charge Booking Account You can select the account from this list Interest Charge will be liquidated into the selected account See ORACLE Interest Booking Account You can select the accounts for booking interests on transactions processed at your bank At the time of creating an IC product if you have maintained the booking account type as Interest in the Interest and Charges Product Definition screen the Interest will be liquidated into the Inte
260. lders This invokes the Linked Entities screen 3 37 ORACLE Button Function Fields This invokes the UDF screen Deposits Instruction This invokes the Deposits Instruction screen Billing Parameters This invokes the Billing Parameters screen Account Signatory This invokes the Signatory Details screen Interim Transactions This invokes the Interim Transactions Report Report screen Notice This invokes the Notice Preferences screen Cards This invokes the Cards Summary screen Statistics This invokes the Account Statistics screen Cheque Book This invokes the Cheque Book Request screen Request Debit Card Request This invokes the Debit Card Details screen Deposit Linkage This invokes the Deposit Linkage screen Documents This invokes the Document Upload screen Change Log This invokes the Customer Address Change Log screen 3 2 8 Specifying Interest Details You can capture details of interest for the account using the IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen Click the Interest button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen 238 ORACLE IC Special Conditions Maintenance 4 gt Interest Start Date f Account Details Charge Start Date Ee 7 ena Interest Booking Branch az Charge Booking Branch Account fas
261. licking the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the Application toolbar Customer Accounts Maintenance New Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Account Class Branch Code SD User Reference Private Customer EB suxtiany Nominee check List Account Description Account Facilities Options Cheque Book Replicate Customer Account Type Single Passbook Signature Joint Salary Account CAS Account I ATM BAN Required Account Open Date IBAN Account Number Initial Funding Mode of Operation Alternate Account Number Account Opening Amount Clearing Bank Code Pay In Option Pay In By Account Clearing Account Number Pay In By GL fm Address Offset Branch Offset Account Arnounts And Dates Waive account Opening Charges Location Media Country Code v lt gt Consolidated Charges Standing Instructions Linked Entities Reg Account Status Currency Limits Statement Joint Holders Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Statistics Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Deposit Linkage Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen Details maintained in this screen are classified into three broad head
262. lling parameters for the account using the Billing Parameters screen To invoke this screen click the Billing Parameters button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Billing Parameters Branch Code Account Consolidating Branch Consolidating Account Consolidating Currency Billing Liquidation Settlement Branch Settlement Account Settlement Currency a Direct Debit Payable Bank Account Name Agreement Id Billing Details 10f10 C Billing Product You will have to maintain a set of parameters for the billing module While settling or liquidating the bill the default parameters that you have maintained for the account involved in this module will be used The screen also displays the Product Code and Description of all Billing Products applicable to the account Consolidating Account You can specify a consolidating account for the given account From the option list you can choose A different account number if you want to consolidate the charge under this account to a different account The Consolidation account selected for this account should be in the same currency as this account It also has to belong to the same branch as the specified account The same account to indicate that there is no consolidation and an individual billing invoice is to be raised on this account F ORACLE Billing Liquidation You have two modes of liquidation i e Auto or Manual The preference you have mai
263. lowing for CASE 2 The following accounting entries will be passed to top up the relevant deposit accounts based on the order of their linkage Account Currency Dr Cr Event Amount Amount Tag TD100453002 AED DR INIT 1000 TXN_AMT TD1000012 AED CR INIT 1000 OFS_AMT Account Currency Dr Cr Event Amount Amount Tag TD100453002 AED DR INIT 7000 TXN_AMT TD1000013 AED CR INIT 7000 OFS_AMT ga ORACLE Utilized amount of the link deposit details will be updated as given below based on the order of linkage Order Of Deposit Deposit Linked Deposit Linked Utilized Linkage account Currency Percentage amount Amount amount 1 TD1000011 AED 40 10000 4000 0 2 TD1000012 AED 20 5000 1000 0 3 TD1000013 AED 50 20000 10000 0 Accounting entries will be passed to reduce the account currency balance to the extent of the transferred amount Accordingly the account currency balance for the account TD100453002 will be 2000 AED After successfully completing the sweep out process the system will update the amount block to the extent of the credit transactions towards the CASA account and the details are described in the below table TD Acc Amt bik No Block type Amount Effective date Expiry date TD1000011 AB1259 Sweep Deposit 4000 01 Jan 2011 31 mar 2011 TD1000012 AB1260 1000 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 TD1000013 AB1261 a 100
264. lt AVSLAMT1 CHGAMT1 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT2 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT1 CHGAMT2 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT3 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT3 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT4 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT4 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT5 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT4 CHGAMT5 21 20 ORACLE Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result FORMULA1 gt 0 AND FORMULA1 lt MON_AVG_BAL TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX3 100 21 2 7 Dormancy Charge Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box a ORACLE SDE Maintain the following SDEs e AC_DORMANCY_DAYS e AC_DORMANT UDE Maintain the following UDEs e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 Type For each of the UDEs select the option Amount from the adjoining drop down list
265. m the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Salary Hold e Overdue Hold e Guarantor Recovery Hold e External Deal Hold e None e Discounted TD Except None for all other Hold Types mentioned above only one Hold Code each can be maintained in the system ie ORACLE 9 1 1 1 Viewing Hold Code Summary You can view a summary of Hold Codes maintained in the system using the Hold Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing COSHOLDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Hold Summary Authorization Status Record Status z Hold Code ai Hold Type z Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Hold Code Hold Description Hold Type E You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Hold Code e Record Status e Hold Type Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Hold Code e Hold Description e Hold Type zs ORACLE 9 1 2 Maintaining Individual Amount Blocks You can maintain amount blocks on individual accounts of a customer using the Amount Block Input screen You can invoke this screen by typing
266. manual liquidation for Dilly ececseesesseeeesseeecnseeneeseescesecseesecuseeeeseesesaecseeseseeeecaseneeaees 3 85 3 2 30 Specifying Account Signatory Details c ccccccccsccescesecesecseenseesesseeseceseceeeeeeeeaecesecaecsaecaaecaaeeseeeaeees 3 86 3 2 31 Specifying Details for Balance Report Statement ccscccscesseesceeceeeeeseeesecesecusecusecaecaaeceeeaeeeneees 3 87 3 2 32 Maintaining Notice Preferences for Withdrawal 1 cccccssesseesseesseeseeeecenecesecnsecusecaecauecaeeeaeeeneees 3 93 3233 VIEWING Cards Details cswsnsiicssinsstesausiicaesciagesptonnssseeossiatt E E E E aae E tte dvevtaueds E EA 3 95 3 22 34 Viewing Statistics DetdllS sssrin aiei rerai ie i EE i R apie i EEEE NEE EEE E N REKS 3 96 3 2 35 Generating Alert for Secure Overdraft Utilization 0 ccccccecceecceescesecesecnsecusecaseeseeeseeeseesseeeeenaees 3 100 3 2 36 Maintaining Customer Account Limits Details ccecccsceeccesesseesesssesecnseeecuseeseuseescesecaeeseeneeeeeaeeneeas 3 104 ORACLE un m 3 3 VIEWING CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS cccccccccececececececececececececececececececececacececececaceeasecacecacacasecacesaseeeeeeseseseanaes 3 106 3 4 VIEWING CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS DETAILS cccecssssscecececeessaececececseseaeeecececeeseaaeceeececsesesaseeeeeeeeeneaees 3 107 3 5 VIEWING CUSTOMER ACCOUNT SWEEP HISTORY DETAILS c cccccccessessssececececsesseaececececsessaseeeeeeceeneaees 3 109 3 6 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER DE DUPLICATION
267. mber of the customer on advices sent to the customer you can enable the Display IBAN in Advices option by checking it This specification will be defaulted from the account class linked to the customer account You will be allowed to change it for a specific account You can choose to print the IBAN Number in advices that are sent to the customer by enabling the check box positioned next to the Display IBAN on Advices field If the Display IBAN on Advices check box is disabled you can enable this option by checking the box Consequently the IBAN Account Number will be printed on all customer correspondence Debit Credit advices involving the particular account Because of choosing to print IBAN numbers in the correspondence sent to the customer the Oracle FLEXCUBE account number will be replaced by the IBAN number The lists of SWIFT messages that will include IBAN account numbers are as follows e MT940 Customer Statement Message e MT950 Statement Message e MT900 Confirmation of debit e MT910 Confirmation of Credit While processing incoming payments the system checks to see whether the account involved is an IBAN account If the account is an IBAN account it will be processed with the corresponding Oracle FLEXCUBE account number Secondary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if
268. mbers If you have specified that lodgment book numbers must be unique to accounts in the branch and a book is maintained with the Start Number as 1 and containing 25 leaves you cannot start another book in respect of the same account with these numbers However you can start a book with the same numbers in respect of another account in the branch Number of Leaves You can specify the number of leaves that the lodgment book is to have ates ORACLE Order Date and Issue Date By default the order date and the issue date of the lodgment book is considered to be the application date you can change the dates and specify them as required Order Details You can specify order details as required for the lodgment book Order Details for Lodgment Printing If you wish the order details to be sent to the lodgment book printing agent you can indicate so If you indicate this by checking the Include for Lodgment Printing box the issue date for the lodgment book will be updated by the printing interface 3 16 Querying for Account Statistics You can view period wise statistics for an account in the Customer Account Statistics Query screen You can invoke this screen by typing ACDSTQRY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Statistics I Enter Query Branch Code Customer Account No Customer Account Description Customer No Customer Name Acco
269. me of creating an IC product if you have maintained the booking account type as Charge in the Interest and Charges Product Definition screen the charge will be liquidated into the Charge Booking account By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Charge Booking Account field However you have the option of booking charge to a different account belonging to another branch also The accounts maintained in the selected Charge Booking Branch will be available in the adjoining option list You can select the appropriate account Charges will then be liquidated into the selected account Interest Statement You can also indicate if you would like to generate an interest statement for the account The Interest Statement will furnish the values of the SDEs and UDEs and the interest rule that applies on the account Consolidated Charge Branch By default it will be same as the current branch However you can select the branch of the consolidated charge account from the adjoining option list oa ORACLE Consolidated Charge Account The consolidated charge will be a group of charge products that are linked to one IC product Select the account that is identified as the master account for collecting the consolidated Fall Below Fee The Fall Below Fee is a kind of fee that is charged if sum of average monthly balance of all the accounts is less than the minimum required balance
270. ment Branch Code Charge Account Branch Customer No Charge Account Customer Name Charge Account Description Effective Date Frequency Quarterly Start Month Start On Last Executed Date Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Reference Number Specify a 16 digit unique code to identify the record with You can leave the field blank to have the system generate it automatically upon saving the record Branch Code The system displays the branch code Customer No Specify a valid customer number for whom you wish to maintain a request for automatic consolidated statements The adjoining option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Has ORACLE Customer Name The system displays the name of the specified customer ID based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Effective Date Specify the date on which the statement is requested Frequency Select the frequency of the statement requested from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Monthly e Quarterly e Semi Annual e Annually Start Month Select the starting month of the requested statement from th
271. ment Previous Statement Details g Generate Statement Only Date On Movement None Summary Detailed Balance No Cycle On Tertiary Account Statement Previous Statement Details B Generate Statement Only Date On Movement Balance No Statement Account Type Exclude Same Day Reversal Transactions from Statement a Exclude Same Day Cycle Reversal Transactions from On Statement Account Number The system displays the account number for which you are setting the statement details Primary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list is displayed e Annual ee ORACLE e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday e Sunday To specify for monthly statements enter a number
272. mers using the Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Statement screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCRSMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Ad hoc Consolidated Statement Request Maintenance New Reference Number 5 E Statement Branch Code Charge Account Branch Customer No Charge Account Customer Name Charge Account Description RequestType Consolidated From Date To Date Request Date Process Status Process Status Details Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Reference Number Specify a 16 digit unique code to identify the record with You can leave the field blank to have the system generate it automatically upon saving the record Branch Code The system displays the branch code Customer No Specify a valid customer number who has raised an ad hoc request for statement The adjoining option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Request Type Select the request type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Consolidated e CASA ne ORACLE e Corporate Loans From Date Specify the start date of the statement To Date Specify the end date of the statement Request Date Specify the date on which the request is raised by the customer Note tha
273. n Cheque Date Instruction Expiry Date Display Type 1 5000 INR Creditedinto 2012 04 17 2012 04 20 Instruction Status Current Balance 231 692 53 Posting Allowed Blocked Uncollected 3 642 86 Dormant Stop Payment Blocked 0 00 Frozen Status Change Automatic Available 228 049 67 No Credit Overdraft Total Available 228 049 67 No Debit Book Balance 228 049 67 Sweep Eligible Balance 231 692 53 Available TOD 228 049 67 urnover Details Additional Details Opening 165 594 57 Accrued Interest Dr Daily Turnover Cr 77 078 74 Accrued Interest Cr Daily Turnover Dr 10 980 78 Interest Due Current ACY 231 692 53 Charges Due Last Interest Debit Last Interest Credit Last DR Activity 2012 06 05 Last CR Activity 2012 06 05 Basic Details The system displays the following details under Account Details section e Account Number e Account Description e Branch Code att ORACLE Account Class Currency Customer No Account Open Date Customer Name Ownership Mode of Operation Memo Details The system displays the following details Instruction Id Instruction Description Cheque Date Instruction Expiry Date Display Type Balances The system displays the following details under Balance Details section Status The system displays the following details under Balance Details section Current Balance Uncollected Blocked Available Total Available Book Balance Sweep Eligibl
274. n change any of the details In this screen the following details are updated from the front end modules Data Entry and Funds Transfer for a Cheque issued to a customer e Amount for which the Cheque is drawn e Status of the Cheque e Date on which the Cheque was presented for encashment re ORACLE To modify a status detail click unlock icon in the Application toolbar Make the desired changes Remember the following points while modifying e A used status cannot be changed e For cheques that are stopped from payment the Stopped box is checked and Status of the cheque is set to Unused e Not used status can be changed to rejected cancelled e A Canceled status cannot be changed e Rejected status can be changed to used A Cheque may have passed through a series of status changes The modification number moves up serially each time you change the status of a Cheque To view the status click the arrow button under Modification Number This arrow will take you through the modifications To view the modification history of a Cheque click History button to display the Cheque Details History table This table lists in a tabular form each successive modification detail that this Cheque has undergone The amount for which the Cheque was issued the presentation date and the value date of the Cheque are also displayed The serial number represents the modification number To exit fr
275. n customer accounts maintenance is 0 else the check is rejected 3 2 3 10 Capturing Sweep Sweep In Check this box to indicate that sweep is allowed from account maintained in account structure and linked deposits If Sweep in is not checked and if the linked deposit details are given for an account then the system displays as error message Linked deposit details can be given only if the flag sweep in is checked Sweep in indicates that the sweep is allowed from the following cover accounts e Accounts maintained in account structure e Linked deposits eee ORACLE Sweep out Check this box to indicate that amount swept from respective linked deposit account has to be replenished Amount Block Input New Account Block Details Branch Amount Block Number Account Effective Date Amount Expiry Date Amount Block Type FLEXCUBE s Reference No Hold Code Hold Description Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 3 2 3 11 Viewing Passbook Details System displays the passbook details here Passbook Number The system displays the latest passbook number You cannot modify the value Passbook Status The system displays the current status of the passbook You cannot modify the value rassbook details get populated once the passbook is issued for the customer account with the latest status and latest passbook number issued 3 2 3 12 Specifying Turnover Limit Preferences
276. n list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday oad ORACLE e Sunday To specify for monthly statements enter a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle Generate Stat Only On Movement You can indicate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enabl
277. nd Instruments The following table gives the mapping between the common payment gateway fields and the fields supported by Instruments This mapping is maintained in the system using the message type product category product mapping screen Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field Source Reference External Reference Source Code Source Code Queue Not mapped Amount Instrument Amount Value Date Instrument Date Currency Instrument Currency 15 7 ORACLE Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field Status Not mapped Error Reason Not mapped Contract Reference Number Not mapped Generated upon upload Customer Account Number Account Number Customer Account Currency Account Currency Customer Amount Amount in Account Currency Customer Value Date Not mapped Counterparty Account Number Beneficiary Account Counterparty Currency Beneficiary Account Currency Counterparty Amount Offset Amount Counterparty Value Date Not mapped Exchange Rate Exchange Rate By Order Of 5 Columns Not mapped Our Correspondent 5 Columns Not mapped Receiver s Correspondent 5 Columns Not mapped Intermediary 5 Columns Not mapped Account With Institution 5 Columns Not mapped Beneficiary Institution1 Beneficiary Name Beneficiary Institution 2 Beneficiary Address L
278. ndicate that online service charge will be applied on stopping payment request Advice Required Check this box to indicate a mail advice is required to acknowledge the account on the stop payment request Once you check this box the system will generate the stop payment request message during Authorization A Message type STOP_PMNT_ACK will be used This will be a MAIL Message and it will be sent to the account customer The following tags will be used for STOP_PMNT_ACK message Advice tag Description _CUSTNAME _ Customer name _ADD1_ Customer address line 1 _ADD2_ Customer address line 2 ue ORACLE Advice tag Description _ADD3_ Customer address line 3 _ADD4_ Customer address line 4 _ACCOUNT_ Account _ACCOUNTBRN_ Account Branch _STOPPAYNO _ Stop Payment no _XREF _ External reference _STOPTYPE_ Stop Payment type _STARTCHECKNO _ Start check No _ENDCHECKNO_ End Check No _AMOUNT _ Amount _EFFECTDT _ Effective date _EXPIRYDT_ Expiry date _REMARKS _ Remarks _AUTHDT_ Authorization Date Time For further details on Charge and Event button refer the sections Viewing Charge Details and Viewing Event Details in the chapter titled Maintaining Cheque Book Details in this User Manual 10 5 ORACLE 11 1 11 2 1 11 Generating Account Statements Introduction An account statement is the record of transactions and thei
279. need to maintain details as shown in the screen below Advice Format Maintenance M Ne Format Lines Language Columns Form Type Import File Format Text Message Format Format Text Specify the following format np ORACLE 4B LOOP LINE ENDLOOP EB 11 2 2 Maintaining Account Class Details You need to specify the account statement format for Savings and Nostro types of account classes You can invoke the Account Class Maintenance screen by typing STDACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Maintenance Account Class Start Date Description End Date AccountType Current HEE statement Parameters Account Code Provisioning Details Escrow Details Dormancy Days a Required 2 Escrow Transfer Applicable Account Statement Bidet t Setacuanc Transaction Code Format simon saa ibis Transaction Code For Reversal Inter Pay Account Cash Deposit Limit on Dual Currency Deposit Exposure Category Trestascount Display IBAN in Advices Provision Currency Local Event Class Code Natural GL Debit Credit Dormancy Parameters An v Debit Interest Charge Liquidation Initial Funding Applicable Customer Not Applicable o Liquidate Using Receivable Event Class Code Status fz Verify Funds Charge Role To Head Charges
280. ng details Drawer Status Code Specify a unique drawer status code here Description Enter a brief description about the status code Default Status Check this box to indicate the whether to default the status or not 12 39 ORACLE 12 5 Maintaining Drawer Details You can maintain the drawer details using Drawer Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDDWRMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Drawer Maintenance New Drawer Details Drawer Identification Customer Id Drawer Name Address Drawer Bank Details I 4 10m0 gt Pi Bank Code Bank Name o F z Cheque Details 400 gt sg O Account Number Instrument Number lt Liability Identification Drawer Status Cheque Return Count Remarks Account Number Cheque Status Currency Drawer Black listed Date Of Change Cheque Amount ps Maker Checker Date Time Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can enter the following details Drawer Identification Specify a unique drawer Id here 12 40 ORACLE Customer Identification Specify the customer Id if the drawer belongs to the same bank This adjoining option list displays all valid customer ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Liability Identification The system displays t
281. ng on a record in the Status of Cheque screen Navigate to the desired Cheque book number by using the previous and next arrow buttons in the toolbar The following operations are not allowed e Creating a new record e Copying a record e Deleting a record e Reopening a record Closing a record ai ORACLE The Messaging Subsystem of Oracle FLEXCUBE populates the following details whenever a Cheque is printed e Amount for which the Cheque is drawn e Currency of the amount e Beneficiary of the Cheque Date for which the Cheque was issued e Date on which the Cheque was printed You cannot change any of the above details However you are allowed to change the status of a Cheque Select Modify from the Actions Menu in the Application toolbar or click unlock icon to make the changes The status of Cheque is modified through the Change Instrument Status screen Click Change Status To button to display this screen You will be allowed only the following status changes e A Used status to a Cancelled status e A Not Used status to a Cancelled status You cannot change the status of a Cancelled Cheque 15 1 4 FT Upload You can configure Ft upload function to be run as part of the EOD operations You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing ISDINSMS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow
282. nput to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No Pap ORACLE Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment 12 3 4 4 Specifying Limits Click the Limits button in the Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation screen to invoke the Linkage Details screen You can capture multiple credit lines in this screen Linkage Details Transaction Reference PDC Linkage Details E Customer Number Linkage Type Linked Reference Facility v Specify the following details Customer Number Specify the customer number The adjoining option list displays all the valid customer names maintained in the screen You can choose the appropriate one Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Facility credit line e Pool e Collateral Linked Reference Specify the lin
283. nt Address 4 Waive account Opening Charges Minor lt Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status The system displays the following basic details of the customer Account Description The system displays the customer s complete name You can modify it if required Account Type The system displays the account type as either Single or Joint If the account type is Joint the system allows specifying the joint holder s information Mode of Operation Select the mode of operation Account Open Date The system displays the current branch date oe ORACLE List of Joint Holders List of Joint Holders contains the joint holder s information You need to specify the following information Joint Holder Code Specify the Joint Holder Code Description Give a brief description on the joint holder Joint Holder Type Specify the type of the joint account Start Date Specify the starting date of the joint account End Date Specify the date on which the joint account has ended Nominee Details It contains the nominee s details You need to specify the following details Name Specify the nominee s complete name Date of Birth Specify the nominee s date of birth Relationship Specify the customer s relationship with the nominee Address 1 2 3 amp 4 Specify the complete address of the nomin
284. nt Date Event Code Account Description Accounting Entries Reference Number System displays the reference number here Events System displays the following details under this section e Event Number Event sequence number e Event Date Date of the event ORACLE e Event Code event code of the transaction e Description event code description 18 6 PDC Summary Report You can generate report for post dated cheque details using Customer Cheque Discounting Report screen by typing PDRCHDRF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Report Beneficiary Account Value Date From Date To Date Specify the following details here Beneficiary Account Specify the beneficiary account The adjoining option list displays the list of all the valid beneficiary accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Value Date From Date Enter the date from when you are generating this report To Date Enter the date till when you are generating this report Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser aa ORACLE Body of the report The generated report will have the following information Field Name Field Description Account No Deposit No This indicates the TD account Number Customer Name
285. nt of the loan If you want to cancel the PDC after the partial prepayment you will have to cancel manually through the Post Dated Cheque Transaction Input screen If you want to reverse the prepayment and authorization you will have to manually link the cancelled loan payment through Post Dated Cheque Transaction Input screen The system will generate advices when the PDC is cancelled This advice contains the message type PD_PDC_CAN with PD module Tan ORACLE 12 3 3 Bulk Cancellation of PDCs The system can cancel all the post dated cheques of the loan account whose Schedule due date is greater than the Schedule date entered in the screen and which are yet to be sent for collection You can cancel the PDCs using the Loan Account PDC Bulk Cancellation screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDBULKC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Loan Account PDC Bulk Cancellation New Enter Query Reference No Customer Name Customer Id Schedule Date Branch Code Account No Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Reference No The system displays the Reference Number of the transaction Customer Id Select the Customer Id from the adjoining option list Customer Name The system displays the Customer Name of the selected customer i
286. ntained for the billing product will be defaulted here You can choose to change the mode for the specified account under the following scenarios e f Auto is chosen then you have to specify whether the settlement is through a settlement account or through Direct Debit Instruction e Incase you want to raise Direct Debit instruction for the billing invoice amount irrespective of whether the liquidation mode is Auto or Manual you have to maintain the details for Direct Debit details viz Direct Debit Bank Code Account Name and Agreement ID fields e f you choose Manual option then manual liquidation is possible only under the following four modes By Cash through retail teller product By Clearing through outward clearing product By Transfer debit account in CASA module By Direct Debit through PC module If the consolidation account is different from the present account then the system uses the liquidation parameters specified at the consolidation account level and liquidation parameters specified if any at this account level is ignored Settlement Account As mentioned above you need to specify the settlement account to enable automatic liquidation of billing For liquidating the billing amount and also for collecting the bill amount the system makes use of the account specified here Maintaining direct debit details If you have maintained the mode of settlement for auto liquidation of bills as Direct De
287. nterest or charge is to be calculated An interest rule consists of System Data Elements and User Data Elements 3 43 ORACLE When you apply a product on an account while defining special conditions for it interest for the account will be calculated according to the interest rule that you have linked to the product That is you merely define the following e how the principal should be picked up from the account e the period for which you want to apply interest e the type of rate not the numeric value that should apply You now have to specify the numeric values of all the UDEs that you identified for the interest rule The value that you specify here will be used to calculate interest for the account All the UDEs that you have identified for the rule to which the product is linked will be displayed here The UDEs that are displayed here can be of four types They are e Credit Rate e Debit Rate e Amount e Number The interest that you charge on a debit balance is an example of a debit rate The interest that you charge on a credit balance is an example of a credit rate A User Data Element will be an amount under the following circumstances e Inthe case of a tier structure the upper and lower limit of a tier or a tier amount e Inthe case of a charge when it is indicated as a flat amount e Any amount that can be used in the definition of formula e When building an interest rule you may have indicated the UDE to
288. ntry Allowed option has been enabled for the account If the option has not been enabled an error message is displayed This check is also performed while uploading journal entry transactions CRS Statement Required Check this box to indicate that CRS statement is required MT110 Reconciliation Required Check this box to indicate that the MT110 reconciliation is required for the cheques received for the account If the Positive Pay option is selected then MT110 reconciliation is not applicable To know more details about MT110 reconciliation refer heading Processing MT110 Incoming Message in this chapter Default Waiver This field allows default waiver of charges for clearing related transactions Track Receivable During liquidation of loan contracts as well as processing of retail teller contracts if the system detects insufficient funds in the settlement account then you can choose to block the subsequent credit that happens to the settlement account In other words the system will track the account for receivables credits As and when a credit happens the funds will be allocated to the loan or retail teller contract for liquidation If the track receivable option is checked for the account the system will track the receivables for the account if sufficient funds are not available in the account eae ORACLE 3 2 3 4 The allocation of funds will happen in a sequence that you specify at the account class leve
289. nts Dormancy Parameters If Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled the dormant status of the account will be updated to Active Apart from this you can specify the parameter that is required for re activating the account Choose from the following options to indicate the re activation parameters for the dormant account e Debit e Credit e Any e Manual In case of a transaction the system will check for the parameter you have specified here and accordingly change the status of the account The parameter you specify here will supercede the parameter you have maintained at the account class level 3 2 3 6 Specifying Intermediary Options Intermediary Required Check this box to link Intermediaries with CASA Intermediary Code Specify the intermediary code from the adjoining option list Intermediary Description The system gives a brief description about intermediary code Intermediary Ratio Specify the ratio of individual intermediary contribution against the CASA account 3 2 3 7 Capturing Escrow Transfer Details Escrow transfer processing refers to transfer of certain percentage of credit amount that comes to project account Trust account to the designated account Escrow account This is based on defined transaction codes and cut off time defined for the account currency Transactions with the transaction code and credit account for which the box Escrow Processing is
290. number which is displayed if maintained on selecting the remitter If not maintained this has to be entered here e Reissued Cheque the box if the instrument is being reissued for some reason e Reissued Draft No Specify the draft number for the instrument that is reissued e The Original Draft Number This is populated with the instrument number of the contract that is re issued e Reissue remarks can be the reason due to which the instrument is being reissued Tanked Transaction The system checks this option when the Branch Available status is No or when the branch date is ahead of the host date Accordingly accounting entries are passed with the tanked status The transaction status of the Instrument Transaction is changed to Active when the branch Available status is changed to Yes And the tanked accounting entries if any will be un tanked and released You can process the reversal of Instrument Transaction in the same way as tanking the transaction Specifying beneficiary details You must also specify the details of the instrument for the transaction These include beneficiary name and beneficiary s address It is mandatory to enter the beneficiary s name Country Specify the country of the beneficiary This adjoining option list displays all valid country codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Specifying the additional identifier details You may capture
291. o be effective Netting Required To process linked accounts which are marked for referral you will need to enable the Netting Required option This option is defaulted from the Credit Line associated with the customer account If you change the default option the system displays an override message 3 70 ORACLE Temp OD Limit The temporary OD limit is the limit upto which any overdraft is allowed for a specified time period over and above the limit set for this account This limit is independent of any credit line linked to this account This is mostly used for short term overdrawing Sublimit The sub limit represents that portion of the total credit amount that can be used by this customer account The sub limit need be input only when the account is to be limited to a portion of the available line amount While passing transactions to an account with a sub limit the first credit check made is against this sub limit amount If the sub limit is crossed you will be asked for an override Uncoll Funds Limit The uncollected funds limit represents the credit transaction amounts that have not been collected as of the current day You can set the limit upto which withdrawal is allowed against uncollected funds The uncollected opening balance is reset with the current uncollected balance amount during the EOD process This amount is to be considered when calculating Central Limit availability Offline Limit This is th
292. ocess is done System tries to resolve the cheque and it s clearing transaction with the below details of the message e Cheque number field 21 e Instrument Amount field 32a e Resolved payment account number If the inward clearing transaction for the cheque is found then the transaction is updated with the MT110 message reference number and the status of the message and the instrument transaction is marked as R Reconciled 3 7 2 Processing Inward Cheque Clearing Transaction After the receipt of the cheque if the MT110 Reconciliation required flag is chosen for the remitter account then the system does the below reconciliation process e System tries to resolve the MT110 received for the instrument If the message is identified then the clearing transaction gets updated with the MT110 message reference number and the status of the message and the instrument transaction would be marked as R Reconciled e If the message is not identified then the status of the Instrument transaction gets marked as U Un Reconciled Else the Reconciliation status gets updated as N Not Applicable Refer heading Specifying Clearing Cheque Details in the Utility Payments Manual for further details on Clearing Transaction Query screen 3 8 Processing Escrow Sweeps Escrow Sweep is a process in which the system automatically transfers a predefined percentage of amount that is credited to pro
293. of the PDC or the loan linked to PDC Therefore this can also be viewed as the value date of the normal Cheque The value that you enter here is validated as per the holiday treatment maintained at the PDC product level This date should be greater than or equal the current date amp less than the end date specified for this PDC product Location of Cheque Specify the location where the PDCs are held till activation This is for reporting purposes only Actions allowed in the PDC Online screen e Add Entering details of anew PDC e Unlock Changing details of an unprocessed PDC You can only modify an unauthorized and unprocessed PDC If during modification you change the amount activation date currency remitter account number or charge payable details then the contingent entries passed during initiation gets deleted and new entries are passed based on the modification done e Delete Deleting a PDC prior to its first authorization e Reverse Reversing a PDC that has been liquidated Contingent entries passed for the PDC are reversed e Cancellation Cancelling a PDC that is active but has not been liquidated The accounting entries specified for the cancellation event are passed 12 1 4 5 Limits Tracking Limits Tracking required If Limits tracking is enabled at product level then this box will be displayed as checked This is defaulted from the product and you are allowed to change it For Discounted and Purchase operations limits
294. oint Venture entity Dubai World which is created between Nakheel and Emmar with an individual contribution ratio of 60 40 On creating the joint venture Oracle FLEXCUBE creates the following customers Customer Liability Nakheel Nakheel Emmar Emmar ace ORACLE Customer Liability DubaiW DubaiW Oracle FLEXCUBE also creates the following Joint Venture Customer Customer Contribution Linked DubaiW Nakheel 60 Emmar 40 Let us consider that Nakheel and Emmar have the following credit lines as mentioned below Customer Liability Facilities Limit Amount Nakheel Nakheel OD_LINE_N 2 00 000 00 Emmar Emmar OD_LINE_E 2 00 000 00 Dubaiw Dubaiw OD _DW 1 00 000 00 During OD account creation for joint venture customer DubaiW below lines of customers Nakheel and Emmar are maintained Let us assume that the OD account currency is in USD Customer Liability No Linkage Type Linkage Ref Percentage Priority No Contribution Nakheel Nakheel FACILITY OD_LINE_N 60 1 Emmar Emmar FACILITY OD_LINE E 40 2 DubaiW DubaiW FACILITY OD _DW 100 3 Let us also consider that a transaction of USD 200 has gone into overdraft on this account As part of the processing the system would track utilization as given below e All credit lines and customer liability which are linked e Joint venture line or liability The table
295. ok type selection will be the list of valid stock catalog codes with instrument type as Passbooks Passbook Number If inventory tracking is allowed at bank level then system will retrieve the next available instrument number based on the passbook type The retrieved passbook number will be displayed to the user only after the passbook issue is saved Brassbook issuance is allowed despite the value selected for inventory tracking in bank parameter level Previous Passbook No The system displays the previous passbook number for the account Previous Passbook Status The system displays the previous passbook status issued for the account Status The system displays the status as active or Reissue amp Active Remarks Enter a short remark about the passbook issue Branch Code The system defaults the code of the current branch here Account Specify the Account Number for which you need a new passbook Account Description The system displays the description of the selected account here Customer ID The system displays the Customer ID based on the selected account Click Populate button to view charge and history details of the passbook Charge Tab oF ORACLE In Charge tab you can capture details of charges associated with the issuance of a new passbook Charge Component The system displays a short charge description Waiver Check this box if you want to waive charges associated with
296. om the Cheque Details History table click Exit or Cancel button If you have invoked the table from the Application Browser you would be returned to the Browser If you have invoked this table from the Cheque Status screen you would be returned to the Cheque Status table Retrieving Cheque Details You can view modify or authorize details related to cheques using Cheque Details Summary screen You can invoke the Cheque Details Summary screen by typing CASCHKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button oa ORACLE Cheque Details Summary Authorization Status l z Record Status l Branch a Account Cheque Number a Records per page 15 z 101 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Cheque Number Amount PresentedOn Mod Numb B You can maintain the following parameters here Authorization Status Select an authorization status if you need to view records based on the authorization status of the cheque details from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Authorised Select this option if the cheque details are authorised e Unauthorised Select this option if the cheque details are unauthorised Record Status Select record status if you need to view records based on the record status of t
297. om the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location Cee ORACLE e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID For Period Indicates Period for which report is generated Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Instrument Type Indicates PDC Type Clearing Type Indicates Clearing Product description of the PDC Account No Indi
298. om the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Minor Customer Details Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User Id Indicates Operator ID Run Time Indicates Run Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Customer ID Indicates Customer ID Customer Name Indicates Customer Name Date of Birth Indicates Date of Birth Date of majority Indicates Date of majority Legal Guardian Indicates Name of the guardian Contact No Indicates Contact Number Status Indicates Customer status nee ORACLE No of Days for maturity 18 17 CASA Overdraft Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates to view the overdraft accounts details in the system The overdraft account can be a current or saving account which will have the limits attached Each limit will have the Limit amount limit start and end date You can generate CASA Overdraft Report to view the operative overdraft limit and current outstanding for each account This report lists customer accounts which ha
299. ompare interest rates offered by different banks In order to enable the system to compute APY on CASA accounts you need to e Maintain a non booked formula for APY as part of the interest formula in the Interest and Charges rule used It must be remembered that only one APY formula may be maintained for an interest rule e Inthe Regulation Parameters Maintenance screen specify the non booked APY formula defined involving the interest formula in the interest rule for the product as an APY type formula You must also specify the basis average balance or daily balance upon which the APY must be calculated 14 1 1 Specifying the APY Basis When you identify the APY formula you must also specify the basis upon which the interest used for APY computation will be computed You can choose either the average balance basis i e the interest is computed based on average balance and APY is computed up to the latest interest liquidation or a daily balance basis interest is computed based on daily balance and APY calculation takes into account the interest accrued till the current statement date If the interest is computed on an average balance basis specify LIQD as the APY basis or if the interest is computed on a daily balance basis specify ACCR as the APY basis For an IC deposit you must specify the APY basis as ACCR The different scenarios that could arise upon choosing these options are shown below
300. on is enabled in branch parameter the system will default the auto generated account number e If the Auto Account Generate option is disabled in branch parameter the system will popup the account window You can specify the account number and it will be defaulted in the main screen Branch Code The system defaults the local branch as the account branch SD User Reference The system displays the SD user reference for the account Private Customer The system displays a check in the box if the customer is a private customer are ORACLE 3 21 1 Specifying the Main details In the Main tab the system provides some information and you also need to specify few details Quick Customer Account Input New 9 Enter Query Account Description Options Replicate Customer Account Type Single Signature Joint Salary Account Mode of Operation Account Facilities Account Open Date Cheque Book Passbook ATM List of Joint Holders 10f1 JointHolderCode Description JointHolderType StartDate End Date Alternate Account Number More Preferences Auto Debit Card Request Auto Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 ATM Account Number Nominee Details Initial Funding 4101 Guardian Name Account Opening Amount Relationship Pay In Option Pay In By Account Address 1 Pay In By GL Address 2 Offset Branch Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Address 3 Offset Accou
301. ontract Whenever project account is credited or debited utilization transaction will be triggered in limits based on the limit with lowest interest bearing If no interest rate is available it will use the first available line This transaction will cascade to joint venture holder limits tracking which will utilize respective lines to the ratio of their share Spend Analysis Check this box to enable spend analysis for the account If you check this box the system will consider all debit transactions from this account for spend analysis If you do not check this the system will not consider the transactions for spend analysis Specifying Statuses No Debits No debits can be posted to the account For example Silas Marner a customer of your bank going abroad for a year instructs you not to debits his account till his return You can execute this instruction by checking this box No Credits No credits can be posted to the customer account by enabling the check box positioned next to this field ene ORACLE Stop Payments If a stop payment instruction is issued for a cheque or an amount against the account number the system will automatically check the Stop Payment box When the stop payment instruction is withdrawn the status gets updated accordingly If a customer has requested for stop payment of multiple cheques the Stop Payment option will continue to remain checked till the last request is also cancelled Af
302. or Corporate Customer 1 ecceeeeseeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeecesecesetaecaetaeeeasenseees 21 9 21 2 4 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 13 21 2 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 16 21 2 6 Charge as Dr Interest when the Balance is Less than Minimum Average Balance 0 000 21 19 21 2 7 Dormancy CHOP gessesse annuens ar aa E E E O A E Ea TENE EAE 21 21 21 37 UDEVALUE MAINTENANCE ssccecdesessssstesedescbevonsobesseveceoevetsvansnoniechtvnnsvasetenesnsnumesstneeedecodeveoonsossedieebiennons 21 23 21 3 1 Interest on Saving and current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer sossen 21 24 21 3 2 Debit Interest on Current ACCOuUntS sccesccessceseesseesseesseeseesseescesecesecsecaecaaecaaecaeesaeeeseenseeeseeeeeeaees 21 25 21 3 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer sssssssesessesesseesrseresrrresrssereresrrrresesrenresree 21 25 21 3 4 Interest on Liqd Before Month End on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer 21 25 21 3 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer ossee 21 26 21 3 6 Charge On Less Average Balance cscesccssesnsessercesecnsesscnscecesseeccesecasesecneecesaseneesecasesecneeseenaeensess 21 26 213 7 Stamp Duty Taxation na E SR 21 28 21 4 IC RATES MAINTENANCE stsviccs costs csvssuencs essesncsseicessoettescestancevsectsevegacabcenee Seed ects scekeedeoveuscsuavevenbodaeiseisese 21 28 22 SCREEN GL
303. or number of days in year say YEAR Define a non booked formula FORMULA2 as 1 FORMULA1 Balance Define a non booked formula FORMULA3 as YEAR DAYS Define a non booked formula FORMULA4 as FORMULA2 FORMULA3 Define a non booked formula FORMULAS as 100 FORMULA4 1 which will be the computed APY If rounding is required specify rounding at formula level In the Regulation Parameters Maintenance screen specify PROD RULE FORMULAS5 as APY type a ORACLE 15 Instrument Type Maintenance and Consolidated 15 1 15 1 1 Cheque Printing Introduction Your bank may issue Cheques to customers from the nostro accounts maintained with other banks To facilitate this you need to maintain the details of all the Cheque books issued by those banks institutions to your bank in Oracle FLEXCUBE Apart from these your bank would be issuing other instruments such as Drafts DDs MCKs and so forth which also need to be maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE Each instrument type is identified by a unique instrument type code which can be captured in Oracle FLEXCUBE Further depending on the number of leaves and the book number the system automatically generates the serial number for all the Cheque leaves associated with the book for a particular instrument type You can view these numbers and the status of the Cheque s in the Status of Cheque screen You are also allowed to change the status of a Cheque if a Cheque is cancelled You can se
304. or re issue status It has to go through a STOP status like Init A Reinstated draft can be changed to the following statuses gt Cancelled gt Refund gt Lost gt Reinstated gt Stopped To mark a draft as STOP it needs to be replaced The old draft details have to be copied onto a new draft The old draft number can be specified in the field Original Draft Number Upon this Oracle FLEXCUBE will first move the original instrument into Cancelled status This will reverse the draft issue entries The old draft will then be marked as Reissued which will be achieved through appropriate maintenance of the products in DD status maintenance and its accounting entries in ARC maintenance When a draft in Stop status is copied you can Reissue it An override will ask you whether the copied draft needs to be reissued Specifying Instrument Number This number will be the least number available from unused instruments This is self populated from the instrument type maintenance and you will not be allowed to override the number An external reference if any for the transaction for transactions entered from the Branch this number is obtained by the system Branch Code This is defaulted to the current branch The DD MICR number of the instrument this has to be entered The instrument sequence number This is automatically generated by the system Instrument Date The date of issue of the instrument This date is defaulted
305. or today in Account Currency Day s Debit Amount Indicates Sum of Transaction Debit Amount for today in Account Currency Book Balance Indicates Book Balance Dormancy Start Date Indicates Dormancy Start Day Dormant Days Indicates Number of Dormant Days Maker ID Indicates Maker id of the Transaction Checker ID Indicates Checked Id of the transaction Txn code Indicates Transaction code of the Transaction Txn Description Indicates Transaction Description of the Transaction 18 10Stop Cheques Maintained Report When a customer losses cheque leaf issued for a Savings or Current Accounts the same is informed to the respective branch The corresponding branch updates these details in the system to avoid paying out of these cheques During EOD you can generate Stop Cheques Maintained Report which lists out all the stop payment instruction carried out on that day Stop cheques in this report are grouped based on the account type You can invoke Stop Cheques Maintained Report screen by typing STRSPEOD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 18 21 ORACLE Stop Payment Report Branch Code From Date To Date Stop Payment Type Repot Format PDF Printer At Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in
306. or written permission of Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Due care has been taken to make this document and accompanying software package as accurate as possible However Oracle Financial Services Software Limited makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and shall not be responsible for any loss or damage caused to the user by the direct or indirect use of this document and the accompanying Software System Furthermore Oracle Financial Services Software Limited reserves the right to alter modify or otherwise change in any manner the content hereof without obligation of Oracle Financial Services Software Limited to notify any person of such revision or changes All company and product names are trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated
307. orce a stop payment The adjoining option list displays the list of account numbers maintained in the selected transaction branch Highlight the customer s account number for whom you are entering details Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Stop Payment type This is either an amount or a cheque on which the Stop Payment instruction is based If the instruction is cheque based the customer would give you the number of that Cheque If the instruction pertains to a range of Cheques the customer would give you the number of the first Cheque and the last Cheque in the range Start Cheque Number This is the first cheque of the range If the instruction is specified for a range of Cheques the number of the first and the last Cheque of the range should be specified by the customer If the instruction is to withhold payment for one Cheque alone enter the same Cheque number in both the start Cheque number and the end Cheque number fields This is not mandatory if the stop payment type is an amount End Cheque Number This is the last cheque of the range If the instruction is specified for a range of Cheques the number of the first and the last Cheque of the range should be specified by the customer This is not mandatory if the stop payment type is an amount Cheque Amount If t
308. ositioned next to this field contains a list of all the Close Modes maintained in the Customer Account Closing Modes screen The product linked to the close mode will be defaulted eae ORACLE 3 15 Some of the close out modes may require additional details to complete the transaction These additional details can pertain to either of the following e The Offset Account e The Instrument when the Close Out is through an Instrument with which you payoff the balance in the account Thus based on the mode selected the withdrawal entries are booked against the appropriate product The balance of the account will drop down to zero Subsequently the account is marked as closed If this customer is a corporate customer then you will not be able to close the customer account record if the following conditions are met e The account belongs to a savings or current account class e The account is a member of a netting group and there are any non netted transactions of the netting group awaiting netting under the netting batch Refer the section Maintaining Netting Group in the chapter Accounts for Inter Branch Transactions in the Core Services User Manual for further details about netting For detailed information on the Customer Account Closing Mode Maintenance screen you can refer the Maintaining Customer Account Closing Modes sub heading in this manual Recording Details of Lodqment Book Requests For a customer account y
309. ou can record details of lodgment book requests provided the use of lodgment books is allowed for the account You can capture these details in the Lodgment Book Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing CADLOGBK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button oon ORACLE Lodgment Book Detail Lodgment Book Detail Account Number First Lodgment Number Number Of Leaves Order Date Issue Date Order Details O include for Lodgment Printing For each request you need to capture the following details Account Number You can specify the account number of the customer account in respect of which the request for the lodgment book was received Start Number for the Lodgment Book You can specify the start number for the leaves in the lodgment book This depends upon your specification in the Bank Wide Parameters in respect of uniqueness of lodgment book numbers The following example illustrates how the specification in the Bank Wide Parameters works In the Bank Wide Parameters you have specified that lodgment book numbers must be unique for the branch This means that lodgment numbers need to be unique across all accounts of that branch For instance if a book is maintained with the Start Number as 1 and containing 25 leaves you cannot start another book in respect of any other account with these nu
310. ou have entered Oracle FLEXCUBE initiates unprocessed PDCs as per product definition on authorization The status for the PDCs is set to Active and contingent entries are passed 12 3 1 Liquidation of PDCs PDCs that have reached or are past their activation date are liquidated as part of beginning of day batch process in Oracle FLEXCUBE For PDCs with Active status the system performs the following actions on liquidation Reverse contingent entries if any were passed Update status to Liquidated Log the instrument with Clearing if necessary Call Accounts Rates Charge ARC upload to create a Cheque deposit transaction as per the ARC product set up for the PDC Failed transactions are logged as exceptions An active PDC can also be manually liquidated on or after its activation date To manually liquidate a PDC select Liquidate in the Application toolbar or click liquidate icon nee ORACLE 12 3 2 Cancellation and Reversal of PDCs An active PDC can be cancelled before liquidation You can cancel a post dated cheque using Post Dated Cheques Reject screen Invoke Post Dated Cheque Reject Summary screen by typing PDSONREzwU in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Reject Summary Transaction Reference p Product Code Branch Code H Remitter Account Number Instrument Number H Issuer Bank Loan Account
311. ount using the Linked Entities screen To invoke this screen click the Linked Entities button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Linked Entities Account Number 1010 O Customer Customer Name Relations Include Relationship Customer Select the customer from the option list with whom you want to establish the relationship with the customer account that you are maintaining Description In this field the system displays the name of customer that you have selected in the previous field You cannot change the description Relationship You have to choose a relationship code to establish a relationship between the customer being selected and the customer account you are maintaining Sa ORACLE By default the system will select the customer of the account as the Primary Holder This is a pre shipped relationship and you will not be allowed to change the relationship 3 2 15 Specifying REG Details Reserve Requirements for Depository Institutions Regulation D is a US Federal Reserve Board regulation that limits the number of preauthorized withdrawals and transfers from a savings account or money market account The regulation applies to all United States banking institutions offering such accounts In consumer banking Regulation D often refers to 204 2 d 2 of the regulation which places a limit of six withdrawals or outgoing transfers per month from savings or money market acc
312. ounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCP ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IOCP BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOCP ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCP BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOCP ACCR 3 ILIQ Credit IOCP BOOK 3 ILIQ Debit IOCP ACQUIRED 3 ACQUIRED Credit IOCP BOOK 3 IACQUIRED Debit Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCC PNL 1 IACR Credit IOCC ACCR 1 IACR Debit IOCC PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit 20 8 ORACLE IOCC ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCC PNL 2 IACR Debit IOCC ACCR 2 IACR Credit IOCC PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCC ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCC ACCR 1 ILIQ Credit IOCC BOOK 1 ILIQ Debit IOCC ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOCC BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCC ACCR 2 ILIQ Debit IOCC BOOK 2 ILIQ Credit IOCC ACQUIRED 2 IACQUIRED Debit IOCC BOOK 2 IACQUIRED Credit IOCC TPBL 3 TAX Credit IOCC BOOK 3 TAX Debit IOCC TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IOCC BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 4 Interest Liquidation before month end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IBSR PNL 1 IACR Debit IBSR ACCR 1 IACR Credit 20 ORACLE
313. ounts via several transaction methods The Expedited Funds Availability Act EFA or EFAA was enacted in 1987 by the United States Congress in order to standardise hold periods on deposits made to commercial banks and to regulate institutions use of deposit holds It is called as Regulation CC or Reg CC after the Federal Reserve regulation that implemented the act Regulation CC stipulates four types of holds that a bank may place on a cheque deposit at its discretion You can capture limited Regulation D and regulation CC details for the customer account using the REG Details screen To invoke this screen click the REG button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The screen is shown below D Reg D Applicable Reg D Period Periodicity Monthly Start Date Statement Cycle End Date None Reg CC Availability Reg CC Availability Check this box if the check deposits into this account should be considered for Regulation CC aggregation Reg D Period Specify the following details F ORACLE Reg D Applicable Indicate whether the Regulation D limits are applicable for the account Periodicity If you indicate the periodicity of Regulation D applicability as Statement Cycle the restricted transactions would be counted over the primary statement cycle defined for the customer account Start Date The start date for Regulation D applicability is first set to be the date on which you mark the availabilit
314. ource Code Product Beneficiary Account Authorization Status Transaction Date Rejected Code Instrument Type l z amp Record Status External Reference Remitter Account Instrument Number Status Module Reference Number Batch Number Advanced Search Records per page 15 z ioa z ai zl a Record Status Source Code External Reference Product Remitter Account al ff EJ You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status Source code Product 15 23 ORACLE e Beneficiary Account e Transaction Date e Entry Number e Module Reference e Batch Number e Record Status e External Reference e Remitter Account e Instrument Number e Status e Rejected Code e Instrument Type Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Source Code e External Reference e Product e Branch e Remitter Account e Remitter Branch e Beneficiary Account e Instrument Number e Transaction Date e Routing Number e Status e Entry Number e Rejected Code e Advice Required e Module Reference e Instrument Type ies ORACLE 16 1 16 2 16 Batch Processing Introduction The events that ar
315. passed for this product then the system will display a message indicating that the transaction is restricted for the account Description The system displays the description for the product code that which you have specified Dr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow Dr Transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved Cr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow Dr transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restrict
316. pecify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Date Specify the date for which you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar see ORACLE Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Repor
317. pecify the required details in that screen Auto Cheque Book Request Check the box to raise a request for cheque book If the Auto Cheque Book Request check box is selected the system will invoke the Cheque Book Request sub screen You need to specify the required details in that screen Cheque Book Name 1 Specify the name that needs to be displayed in the cheque book Cheque Book Name 2 Specify an alternative name that needs to be displayed in the cheque book ATM Account Number Specify the account number associated with the ATM card Initial Funding Initial Funding consist of the information on initial funding of the account Specify the following account information Account Opening Amount Specify the opening amount of the account Pay In Option Select the Pay In Option for the account The options provided are e Pay In By Account e Pay In By GL Offset Branch Specify the branch code of the account for redemption Offset Account Specify the offset account araa ORACLE Waive Account Opening Charges Check the box to waive off the opening charges of the corresponding account 3 21 2 Specifying the Check List details Check List is an optional tab based on the workflow of the bank gt Quick Customer Account Input New Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Account Class Branch Code SD User Reference Document List 10f1 Private Customer
318. pecify the drawer status against each drawer bank This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer statuses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Date Of Change The system displays the date of update for each bank Remarks Enter any comments you wish to record pertaining to this screen Cheque Details Cheque Status The system displays the status of cheque On realization the status will be updated as Used and upon return the status will be updated as Return Cheque Amount The system displays the amount on the cheque Discounted Date The system displays the date of discounting Cheque Date The system displays the date of cheque clearing 12 6 Viewing Drawer Summary You can query view the drawer details of the post dated cheques in the Drawer Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSDWRMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button pene ORACLE Drawer Maintenance Summary Authorization Status z Record Status l x Drawer Identification H Drawer Name Customer Id Drawer Status I Drawer Black listed Advanced Search Records per page 15 z O84 Authorization Status Record Status Drawer Identification DrawerName Customerld Drawer Status Drawer BIEI lt F Here you can query on drawer details base
319. pecify the source code for clearing transaction ts ORACLE External Reference Specify the external reference number Branch Specify the branch code for the transaction The adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Remitter Account Specify a valid account number which needs to be debited for clearing the cheque The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Remitter Branch The system displays the logged in branch code However you can change it Routing Number Specify the routing number of the branch for cheque clearance The adjoining option list displays all routing numbers along with the Branch codes and Bank Codes You can select the appropriate one Product Specify the product code You can select an authorized product code from the adjoining option list Instrument Currency Specify a valid currency of the instrument The adjoining option list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Instrument Amount Specify the amount mentioned on the instrument Instrument Date Specify the date mentioned on the instrument Transaction Date Specify the transaction date for which payment is supposed to be initiated Late Clearing Check this to indicate that late clearing is required re ORACLE End Point Specif
320. perating Instructions Not Captured Report screen by typing CAROPICT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Operating instructions Not Captured Report Branch Code Customer Type Customer Category Account Number Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Customer Type Select customer type of the account for which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Individual Select if the customer type is individual e Corporate Select if the customer type is Corporate e Bank Select if the customer type is Bank e All Customer Category Specify a valid category of the customer for whose account you wish to generate a report from the adjoining option list Account Number Specify a valid account number for which you wish to generate a report from the adjoining option list Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values Iean ORACLE e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to
321. plication Browser Start Date End Date The period during which you wish the PDC product to be current you specify this by entering a Start and an End Date Remarks Enter any additional remarks about the product Exchange Rate Variance in Exchange Rate Variance particulars for any currency conversion is involved the extent of variance that will be allowed without requiring an override the extent beyond which the transaction will not be allowed the rate code and the rate type 12 1 2 Specifying Accounting Entries and Advices for Events Click Accounting Roles button to invoke the Product Event Accounting Entries amp Advices Maintenance screen ser ORACLE For PDCs accounting entries can be maintained for the following events e INIT Contingent entries if required are to be maintained for INIT Charges can also be linked to this event e LIQD Liquidation entries for the PDC and reversal of contingent entries are to be maintained for this event Charges can also be associated with liquidation e CANL Cancellation charges for the PDC can be maintained here If contingent entries have been passed the reversal entries also need to be specified here Click Accounting Roles button to invoke the Accounting Roles screen Accounting Roles Product Code Product Description Class Details Default From Class Class Code Class Description Roles 10710 o Accounting Role Role Descript
322. posits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Car Limits Customer Name Account Branch Code Statuses ooo oo oe Status Details Status Since Account Derived Status Dormancy Parameters Intermediary Details 100 O Intermediary Code ai Debit Card Request Deposit Linkage Documents Change Log Date Time Date Time Private Customer No Debits No Credits Stop Payments Dormant Frozen Posting Allowed Status Change Automatic Overdraft Propagate Reporting Details Account Auto Closed Credit Debit Manual Any Intermediary Required Intermediary Descrip ei Mod No Record Status Authorization Status 3 2 3 1 Capturing Cheque Book Preferences Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Escrow Transfer Details Branch Code Escrow Account Escrow Percentage Provisioning Details Exposure Category Risk Free Exposure Amount Provisioning Currency Positive Pay Stale Days Fund Branch Funding Account Validation Digit Sweep Required Passbook Details Passbook Number Passbook Status Escrow Transfer Applicable Auto Provisioning Required Account Local Provision Positive Pay Funding Mod 9 Validation Required Deferred Reconciliation Sweep In Sweep Out Turnover Limit Preferences Turnover Limit Code latement Statistics Cheque Book Request Check this box to automatically generate a reorder for
323. provided up to the previous working day Printing of this information for an account is only possible if the Account Statistics option has been enabled in the Account Class Maintenance for the account class used by the account If account statistics has been enabled an accounting End of Day EOD process updates the statistics table both period wise and according to financial years The book dated balances are used for computation of statistics and the balances are maintained according to accounting periods Querying for Month Wise Customer Account Statistics You can query for month wise statistics for an account in the Monthly Account Statistics screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACSTA in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button ote ORACLE Monthly account statistics 9 Enter Query Account Details Customer Name Customer No Branch Code Customer Acc No Currency Cumulative Account Statistics No of Debit Transaction Debit Average Total Balance No of Credit Transaction Credit Average Monthly Average No Returned Cheques Days in Debit Simple Average Balance No of Overdrafts Days in Credit Maximum Balance Monthly Credit Average Monthly Debit Average Minimum Balance 1010 T Run Date Customer No Account No Branch Code Customer Name Total Balance Maximum Balar Specify the following fields Customer No Specify th
324. ption Automatic Manual Fund Collection Auditing E Available Date Account Reference Number Amount Released By Release Delete In the Uncollected Funds Release screen you can choose to e Release the uncollected funds for a credit transaction for which manual release has been specified or for which a float period has been specified You can release the funds before the available date is reached The release can be automatic or manual If automatic you can specify a To Date and any transactions whose available date falls between the application date and specified To Date can be released e Specify a new available date for a credit transaction e Authorize any previous release of uncollected funds for a transaction e View any credit transactions for which manual release has been specified or a float period has been specified or in respect of which funds have been previously released and the release is pending authorization The operation you select here is used both to retrieve the transaction in this screen and for application of the operation when you select a transaction from the retrieved transaction list Once a record is released the system internally stores the user ID of the person who released the funds along with the release time 1 ORACLE 15 2 1 2 Retrieving a Transaction To perform any of these operations on a credit transaction you must first retrieve the transaction in this screen To do
325. r Dr e Currency ACY Additional Details The system displays the following details under Balance Details section e Accrued Interest Dr e Accrued Interest Cr e Interest Due e Charges Due e Last Interest Debit e Last Interest Credit e Last DR Activity e Last CR Activity System displays the transactions depending on the Statement Period selected and displays the following details under Transactions section e Transaction Date e Value Date e Description e Branch e Credit Debit 3 141 ORACLE 3 21 Quick CASA Account Opening You can open a quick CASA account using the Quick Customer Account Opening screen The Quick Customer Account Opening screen will support the new and authorization operations Any additional modifications need to be updated in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen You can invoke the Quick Customer Account Opening screen by typing STDCASAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Click the New button on Oracle FLEXCUBE to create a new CASA account Quick Customer Account Input New Enter Query Customer No Currency Account Class SD User Reference HM check ist Account Description Account Type Single Joint Mode of Operation Account Open Date List of Joint Holders 10f1 JointHolderCode Description Joint Holder Type Customer Name Account Br
326. r Accounts and Savings accounts when the interest rate changes as part of EOD For those accounts when interest rate changes the details are handed off for rate change advice generation and the same is generated in the pre determined swift format as per MT 935 The advice tag used for interest rate change is RTCHG_ADVICE The advice format for interest rate change as per MT935 is given below Status Tag Field Name Content Options Remarks ove ORACLE Status Tag Field Name Content Options Remarks M 20 Transaction Reference Number 16x Unique Transaction Reference Number generated by system 23 Further Identification 16x Specifies the kind of interest rate Field 23 populated as per account class type IF Class Type is S or Y Tag will be populated with Currency DEPOSIT If Class Type is C Tag will be populated with Currency CURRENT 25 Account Identification 35x Customer Account Number for which advice is generated 30 Effective Date of New Rate 6 n Effective date of New interest rate in YYMMDD format 37H New Interest Rate 1lai2d Indicator C or D depending on whether new interest rate is a credit or debit rate amp New interest rate in decimal comma format O 72 Sender to Receiver Information 6 35x M Mandatory O Optional A rule identifies the method in which i
327. r effect on account balances over a specified period of time for a given account An account statement lists the debits and credits that have taken place over a time period A detailed statement gives minute details of the transactions that have occurred on a given account including the order of details ultimate beneficiary payment method etc On the other hand a summary statement shows all transactions but gives only limited details of individual transactions like the reference number date and the amount with a debit credit indicator SWIFT account statements are statements generated for NOSTRO type of accounts i e for a bank type of a customer MT940 is generated for an account with its primary statement as detailed and a MT950 is generated for an account with its primary statement as summary Maintaining Statement Preferences You need to maintain a basic set up at the following levels to generate account statements e Advice Formats e Account Class e Message Type e Customer Address e Batch EOD Inputs Specifying Format of Account Statements Oracle FLEXCUBE offers you a format on the basis of which you can maintain a layout for account statements to be generated The maintenance form shown below offers you the flexibility of maintaining format details like the lines per page and columns per page according to your requirements as also to maintain the tags required for populating the details The system generates account
328. r which you want to define a Special Condition will contain products that satisfy one of the following conditions e A General Condition has been defined for the product and account class combination e The product has been defined as a special conditions only product The interest rule that is linked to the product s will determine the interest that is applied on the account You may want to apply more than one interest product on an account For example you may want to pay credit interest on the credit balance maintained in a current account and levy a debit interest if the account lapses into a debit balance In order to achieve this you would have to apply two products one defined for credit interest and another defined for debit interest In this screen you can choose the interest products that you want to apply on an account The UDE currency defined for the product in the Interest Product Preferences screen that you apply on the account is displayed Note that the UDE values that you specify for the account subsequently will be taken to be in this currency You can opt to generate an advice for the benefit of the customer when the values of the UDEs defined for the interest rule change Generate Rate Change Advice Check the box Generate UDE change advice at account level to indicate that interest rate change advice has to be generated for the account at EOD System generates interest rate change advices for Custome
329. r which you want to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e CASA Select if you want to generate report for CASA accounts e Loans Select if you want to generate report for Loan accounts e All Select if you want to generate report for Loan accounts From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the interest accrual report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the interest accrual report from the adjoining calendar Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Ser
330. ranch The current logged in branch code is displayed here MIS Group For an account the transaction type of MIS class will be picked up from the account class Rate Code Specify the rate code Select the appropriate one from the adjoining option list which displays all valid rate codes maintained in the system Link to Group If an MIS Group is linked you can indicate whether the linkage with the group should always be maintained If yes any change to the MIS Group will automatically apply to the customer to whom the MIS Group is linked If not the entities defaulted for the customer will continue even if they are changed subsequently for the group sae ORACLE Calc Method System displays the calculation method Rate type If you have indicated that rates maintained for the individual account should be picked up for MIS refinancing you have to specify the Rate Type that is to be used The options available are Fixed Floating Automatic indicating that the system should pick up the refinancing rate associated with the account Since the account number is linked to a Rate Code the system picks up the rate code associated with the account when the EOD processes are run to refresh the various rates Select the appropriate Pool Code Account Level The Pool Code Account Level to which the account class or product belongs should be defined Pool Code For an account the pool code will be picked up from the account class
331. ransaction Code e Description e Local Currency e Exchange Rate e LCY Amount Summary System displays the following details under Summary section e Total Debit Amount e Total Credit Amount e Debit Count e Credit Count 3 19 Viewing Month Wise Customer Account Statistics You can view month wise statistics for an account in the Monthly Account Statistics screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSACSTA at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 3 133 ORACLE Monthly Account Statistics Customer No Currency Branch Code k ann ana ana k Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 Of 1 Customer No Customer Acc No Currency Customer Name Customer Acc No Customer Name Branch Code ss Simple Average Balance Minimum Using this screen you can search for month wise account details based on one or more of the following parameters e Customer number e Currency e Branch code e Customer account number e Customer name Click Search button Based on the search criteria the system displays the following month wise account details e Customer number e Customer account number e Currency e Customer name 3 134 ORACLE e Branch code e Simple average balance e Minimum balance e Maximum balance e Number of debit transactions e Number of credit
332. rdraft limit of primary account imit 100 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Unclear Amount Total amount that is not cleared Cover Account Number Cover account number of the primary account Account Balance Available balance of cover account Temporary OD Limit Temporary overdraft limit of cover account Unclear Amount Difference between current balance and available balance in branch currency Minimum Amount Minimum balance required for cover account Net Available Balance Sum of available balance and TOD limit of cover account 18 21 VAT Deduction Report Oracle FLEXCUEB generates a report that contains the details of VAT deduction from CASA account for every branch on a monthly basis For generating this report the following conditions should be met e Charge 1 needs to be defined as service charge and Charge 2 as VAT e If VAT needs to be computed based on the service charge Charge 1 must be the basis for Charge 2 e If Charge 3 is defined as another service charge and VAT needs to be computed on this charge then Charge 4 must be defined as VAT with Charge 3 as the basis You can use the UDF TRNCODE_TYPE to define the type of charge vs VAT service charge or other charge The VAT deduction report is generated during end of day operations at the month end based on the following parameters e Branch Co
333. rest Booking account By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Booking Account field However you have the option of booking interest to a different account belonging to another branch also The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the adjoining option list You can select the appropriate account Interest will then be liquidated into the selected account Calculation account Specify the calculation account When you specify a calculation account then all balances and turnovers for the specified account are clubbed with the balances and turnovers for the combined account for calculation purposes Charge Booking Branch By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Charge Booking Account and Interest Charge Booking Branch fields However you have the option of booking interest charge to a different account belonging to another branch also You can select the Interest Charge Booking Branch from the option list available The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the option list provided for Interest Charge Booking Account You can select the account from this list Interest Charge will be liquidated into the selected account Charge Booking Account You can select the accounts for booking charges on transactions processed at your bank At the ti
334. rest Statement Report for Customer Accounts using Customer Account Interest Statement screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARINSTM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Account Interest Statement Branch Code Customer Number Account Number From Date To Date Report Format Printer At Client v Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Specify a valid branch code in which the customer has an account The adjoining option list displays all valid and authorized Branch codes You can select the appropriate one EN ORACLE Customer Number Specify a valid customer identification number The adjoining option list displays all valid and authorized customer identification numbers You can select the appropriate one Account Number Specify a valid customer account number for which you wish to generate the interest statement report The adjoining option list displays all valid authorized savings and current account numbers You can select the appropriate one From Date Specify the date from when you wish to generate the interest statement report for the specified customer account from the adjoining calendar To Date Enter the date till when you wish to generate the interest statement report for the specified customer account
335. rge Details You can capture details of charges for the account using the Account level charges conditions screen To invoke this screen click the Charge button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen oa ORACLE 3 2 9 1 Account level charges conditions Account Details Branch Code Account Product Details 4 180f21 gt Product Code Description Minimum Maximum Currency Free Items Waive Charges a Open List of Slab Amounts 10f10 oO Slab Amount Charge Amount o Branch Code The Branch Code to which the account belongs for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field Account The Account number of customer for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field You can click the Default button to default the Charge Products and the corresponding details applicable for the account You can then modify these values to define the special conditions Specifying Product Details Specify the following details Product The system defaults a product when you click the Default button at the time of account creation You must modify it to identify the Charge product using which the applicable charges would be collected Currency The charges would be collected in the currency defined for the selected charge product and this currency is displayed on the screen ace ORACLE Minimum and Maximum You m
336. ride is sought when such contracts are saved 3 2 18 Specifying Currency Limits Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Currency Limits Details screen To invoke this screen click the Currency Limits button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen iia ORACLE Currency Limits Details Branch Code Account Currency Limits Details 1010 Currency Credit Limit Amount Debit Limit Amount o z Account Number The system displays the customer account for which PC limits are being maintained Currency Specify the currency in which the auto exchange limits should be maintained The adjoining option list displays the currency codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Cr Lmt Amt Specify the credit limit amount in the chosen currency Dr Lmt Amt Specify the debit limit amount in the chosen currency qa ORACLE 3 2 19 Specifying MIS Details You can capture Management Information System details for the account using the Management Information System screen To invoke this screen click the MIS button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Management information System Branch Code Calc Method Account Rate Type MIS Group Spread Default MIS Group Pool Code Link to Group Account Level Rate Code Pool Code Reference Rate Transaction MIS Codes Cost Code Composite MIS Codes Change Log Transfer Log B
337. ride message is displayed when the user manually updates the cheque book facility from N to Y Auto Cheque Book Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the cheque book automatically for the account during account creation When you check this box the system allows you to capture cheque book request details in the Cheque Book Request screen as part of account creation 3 2 3 2 Capturing ATM Details Branch Specify the branch code of the account ATM Account Number Specify the ATM account number in this field only if you have opted for the ATM facility for that account The ATM account number which is a numeric value will be used only for information purpose and no further processing will be done based on this field Daily Amount Limit Specify the daily limit of the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Daily Count Limit Specify the maximum number of times the customer is allowed to use ATM facility in a day aM ORACLE 3 2 3 3 Auto Debit Card Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the debit card automatically for the account during account creation When you check this box the system allows you to capture debit card request details in the Debit Card Request Details screen as part of account creation Specifying Other Options Euro Cheques Euro chequebook can be issued to a customer whose account has checked for Euro cheques option in the
338. rmant Activated Report as part of EOD which summarizes the transaction in the dormant accounts It is a report of dormant accounts which were activated on that day The accounts in this report are grouped based on the account class and currency type of the account You can invoke Dormant Activated Report screen by typing STRDAEOD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Dormant Activated Report Branch Code Activated Date Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list Activated Date Specify a valid date when the dormant account was activated from the adjoining calendar e ORACLE Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool
339. roducts You can set up accounting entries as given below 20 5 1 1 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOSR PNL 1 IACR Debit 20 6 ORACLE IOSR ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOSR PNL_ADv 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOSR ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOSR PNL 2 IACR Credit IOSR ACCR 2 IACR Debit IOSR PNL_ADu 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IOSR ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOSR ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IOSR BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOSR ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOSR BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOSR ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit IOSR BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IOSR ACQUIRED 2 ACQUIRED Credit IOSR BOOK 2 ACQUIRED Debit IOSR TPBL 3 TAX Credit IOSR BOOK 3 TAX Debit IOSR TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IOSR BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator aur ORACLE 20 5 1 3 IOCP PNL 1 IACR Debit IOCP ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOCP PNL_ADuJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCP ACR_ADu 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCP PNL 3 IACR Credit IOCP ACCR 3 IACR Debit IOCP PNL_ADJ 3 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCP ACR_ADJ 3 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Acc
340. ry Over draft limit expiry date 9 Limit Start date Indicates Limit start date 10 Limit End date Indicates Limit End date 11 Line Ccy Indicates Line Currency 12 Line Amount Indicates Line Amount 13 Last debit date Indicates Last debit transaction date 14 Last credit date Indicates Last credit transaction date 15 Last debit Amt Indicates Last debit transaction amount 16 Last Credit Amt Indicates Last credit transaction amount 17 Product Code Indicates Account class 18 Currency Indicates Currency 18 18Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report If there are no customer initiated transactions for the period set at the product level the CASA account status will be changed to dormancy After a specific period in the dormancy status the money is transferred to the unclaimed General Ledger account as decided by the bank If any of the accounts have a credit balance that is less than the amount specified in the dormant status then you can view details of these accounts in Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report This report will generate a list of dormant accounts which have credit balances less than the minimum amount aera ORACLE This is a nil Balance Dormant Account Report for CASA Accounts Accounts are grouped based on the product type You can invoke Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report screen by typing CARDORAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the a
341. s Main Here you maintain the main attributes of each customer account like the account number customer code the account class account currency type of account single or joint account status other statuses applicable Cheque Book preferences etc Auxiliary Under Auxiliary you can view other details like provisioning etc Nominee Nominee details are maintained under Nominee head Check Document details like document type expiry date expected List date of submission and so on are maintained under Check List The Customer Accounts Maintenance Main screen is displayed by default when you invoke the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The Branch Code of the sign on branch is on display oF ORACLE Customer No If you have included the CIF Number of the customer as part of the Account Mask the system automatically defaults the CIF code of the customer in the respective field You can modify this code However while defining the Account Mask in the Account Parameters section of the Bank wide Parameters screen if you have specified that the CIF Number should not be a part of the account mask you will have to specify the customer code manually A list of all the valid customer codes is displayed in the available option list You can select the appropriate Customer Name The name of the customer is displayed based on the CIF ID that you have mentioned in Customer No field Curren
342. s enabled for the product the system performs a Modulo 9 Validation on any new cheque If the cheque fails modulo 9 validations the system will display an error message on save In case of check replacement the Modulo 9 Validation is done for the new check number while in case of alphanumeric checks the system throws an error message if modulo 9 validation is checked When uploading a positive pay cheque the system will perform a Modulo 9 Validation if Modulo 9 validation is enabled for the product If the validation fails this particular check will not be uploaded The same will be valid in case of Cheque Replacement while for alphanumeric checks system will skip the check and display an error Stale Days If you have specified a positive pay facility for the account you are maintaining then you have to indicate the number of stale days for the transaction If the date of processing happens after the specified stale date then the transaction gives an exception error You have to do an override for this exception Fund Branch Click on the adjoining option list to choose from the list of branches maintained The positive pay parking account will be picked from this branch et ORACLE Deferred Reconciliation Enabling this check box indicates whether or not the Positive Pay account has the Deferred Reconciliation facility Deferred Reconciliation is the facility wherein a Positive pay cheque which is free of any disparity is cleared by t
343. s of the account structure in the Account Structure Maintenance Summary screen To invoke this screen type CASSTRUC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button os ORACLE Account Structure Maintenance Summary Authorization Status z Record Status z Structure Group a Records per page 15 z TONI Authorization Status Record Status Structure Group Description You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Structure Group e Record Status e Description Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status Structure Group Record Status Description ORACLE 9 1 9 1 1 9 Maintaining Amount Blocks Defining Amount Blocks An amount block is that part of the balance in a customer s account which you wish to reserve for a specific purpose It can be specified for an account either on the directions of the customer or at the behest of the bank When an amount block is set for an account the balance available for withdrawal is the current balance of the account minus the blocked amount On expiry of the period for which the amount block is defined the system automatically updates the amount block Cheque in
344. saeeaeesecacesecaeeeneaeeneeas 10 2 10 1 2 Maintaining Stop Payment Instructions ccccccssecessceessecesnceesseceeneeeseceencecsceceeceeesaeceeneeesaeceeneeenaeeees 10 2 11 GENERATING ACCOUNT STATEMENTS esseeseesseosseesscescccsoesccesocesecesecesessseecoeccoesocescceseesseessessoseese 11 1 E S O A Y LO D1004 Y CONN EEEE 11 1 11 2 MAINTAINING STATEMENT PREFERENCEG 0 csescceessssceceesaeeecsnceececseeeeesesaececseeaececseeeeceesaeeecseeaeeeenneeeeeeaae 11 1 11 2 1 Specifying Format of Account Statements ecceceecesnceenseceeneeeseceeneeesseceneeeesaeceeeeeeaaeceeaeeesaeceeneeenaeeees 11 1 11 2 2 Maintaining Account Class Details cccccccccssccessecesneeensecesnceessecseneeesseceeneeesaeceeneeesaeceeneeesaeceeneeeaaeeee 11 7 11 2 3 Maintaining Message Types ccccccsccesseesseceseeensecesneeessecesececssecseneeeaaeceeneeesaecseceeesaeceeeeeeaaeceeeeeenaeeees 11 8 11 2 4 Maintaining Customer Address s ccsccscccsseesseesseeneeceesecesecusecusecanecacecacesseeeaeesseeseeeeeeeseeeeeaeenaeeeasents 11 9 11 2 5 Maintaining Statement Generation Preference cccccccccescceessetssnceesecessceesceceseceeaseceeeeeaeecseneeeaaees 11 10 11 2 6 Maintaining Ad Hoc Statement Requests ccccccccccccecsceeceseesseesseeseeeseeeseneceuseensecuaecesecaecaeeaeeeatens 11 12 11 2 7 Maintaining Automatic Consolidated Statement Requests ccscccsccssceeseeeseeeseeescessceseeusecnseeseessens 11 15 12 PROCESSING POST DATED CHEQUES ee
345. sallow Branch Specific Rates Description You need to maintain the following rate code for all branches of your bank e FLOATRATE For the aforesaid rate code you need to maintain rates and effective dates in the Interest and Charges Rate Input screen You can invoke the Interest and Charges Rate Input screen by typing ICDRATES in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Interest amp Charges Rate Input b Currency Code Branch Code Fal Rate Code az 21 29 ORACLE These rates are picked up by the CASA module while processing interest applicable on a CASA Refer the chapter Floating Rate Codes for IC Module for details about rate maintenance 21 30 ORACLE 21 1 ORACLE 22 Screen Glossary 22 1 Function ID List The following table lists the function id and the function description of the screens covered as part of this User Manual Function ID Function Description ACDADCRP Ad hoc Report Generation ACDMUNCL Uncollected Funds Release ACDOPTN Account Statement Report ACDSTQRY Customer Account Statistics Query BADEODFN Batch EOD Function Inputs BADIDBAT Intra Day Batch Start CADAMBLC Consolidated Amount Block Input CADCHBOO Cheque Book Maintenance CADCHKDT Cheque Details Maintenance CADLOG
346. sed to top up the CASA account TD100453002 and reduce the deposit account balance to the extent of the transferred amount Accordingly the deposit account balance for the account TD1000011 will be 8000 AED Account Currency Dr Cr Event Amount Amount Tag TD1000011 AED DR INIT 2000 TXN_AMT TD100453002 AED CR INIT 2000 OFS_AMT 3 28 ORACLE Case 2 Referring to the example in the processing section during sweep in process the system e Releases the amount block for the below mentioned deposit accounts gt TD100001 1 gt TD1000012 gt TD1000013 During utilization of the linked deposits the system updates the linked deposit details as follows Order Of Deposit Deposit Linked Deposit Linked Utilized Linkage account Currency Percentage amount Amount Amount 1 TD100001 1 AED 40 10000 4000 2000 2 TD1000012 AED 20 5000 1000 0 3 TD1000013 AED 50 20000 10000 0 The table below describes the modified amount block TD Acc Amt blk No Block type Amount Effective date Expiry date TD1000011 AB1259 Sweep Deposit 2000 01 Jan 2011 31 mar 2011 TD1000012 AB1260 a 1000 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 TD1000013 AB1261 10000 01 Jan 2011 15 May 2012 TD account TD1000011 and TD1000012 will be deleted The following accounting entries will be passed to top up the CASA account TD100453002 and
347. seesseesseesscecocecoesccssccssecssessoecsoecocesocesccesecesesssessssecseecosecssse 12 1 12 1 INTRODUCTION icenen ai a a a E E EOE A a a OE AEA SER AEE be ERRESA 12 1 IZII Maintaining PDC Products necessiie e e EE ER EEA 12 2 12 1 2 Specifying Accounting Entries and Advices for EventS sssseeeeseeeerereesrrreererrrrrerrereren 12 3 1213 Specifying Product Preferences nesiimti E EE EE A 12 5 12 1 4 Entering Details of Post Dated Cheques ccscsccssecsesscseeseuseeseuseeseesecaeesecucenseaeeaeesecaeesecaeeeeseaeeneeas 12 8 1213 Viewing Accounting ENITIOS uicina E EE A EE E E RR 12 15 1216 Viewing ICFF Details curee E N R T aed 12 16 121 7 Specifyin Project Details inini iaa E ENE A E EE E E ERR 12 17 121 8 Specifying LiIMiS eienenn EN EEI E EE EEEN N 12 18 12 1 9 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Transaction s eseeeeseseeseeereeeseeeernerrrrerrsrrerrreeree 12 20 12 2 BULK INPUT OF POST DATED CHEQUES purai E EEE E E ANES 12 22 12 2 1 Specifying Project D tails ce cscssesissecusaecassvssnesventivedscessveanvennesdbevecte soos sceeleevesuvouevanwocbeneteedvestovedees 12 26 12 3 VIEWING SUMMARY OF POST DATED CHEQUES BULK INPUT ccsccccceceesssssceceeeceesenseaeeeeececeesssaeeeeees 12 27 IZ3 1 Liquidation Of PDGS sireeni e oae ae EE a a E a a a tao cpuateen tees 12 28 12 3 2 Cancellation and Reversal Of PDCS w sceccescscssssssesesssesecnseeeeuseencesecseesecuceeeesaeesesaecaeesesaeeeseaeeeseaseaes 12 29 12 3 3 Bulk Cancellation
348. ss this screen Customer Account Limit Branch Code Account Account Description Currency Cr Transaction Limit Credit Start Date Credit Rev Date Temporary Overdraft Start Temporary Overdraft End Limit Currency Netting Required ly v TOD Renewal RenewTOD Renew Frequency a Renew Unit Next Renewal Limit TD Collateral Linkages Auto Create Pool and Line Linkage 1070 gt gt So O Collateral Type Collateral ol Term deposit v Branch Customer No Customer Name Account Class Sublimit Uncollected Funds Limit Temporary Overdraft Limit Offline Limit Daylight Limit Notification Percentage Available Amount Linked Amount Applicat OD Limit 401 O CustomerNo Liability Number E Oo Maker Checker Linkage Type v Date Time Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Linkage Ref No 3 104 Contribution Sequenc ORACLE You need to specify the following details Branch Code Specify the branch code of the branch in which you are maintaining the customer account limits The adjoining option list displays all valid branches that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Account Specify the account of the customer The adjoining option list displays all valid accounts that are maintained in the selected transaction branch You can choose the appropriate one Currency The system displays the cu
349. statements including ad hoc account statements according to the maintenance provided by you You can invoke the Advice Format Maintenance screen by typing MSDADVFT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You need to maintain two advice formats one for Savings accounts and the other for Nostro accounts viz ACST_DETAILED and SWIFT respectively as shown below a ORACLE 11 2 1 1 ACST DETAILED You need to maintain details as shown in the screen below Advice Format Maintenance E Format Lines Language Columns Form Type Import File Format Text Message Format m Format Text Specify the following format RH SC _BANK NAME_ IF _ASOFDT_ COPY AS OF _ASOFDT_ ua ORACLE ENDIF _CUSTNAME _ Account Branch _BRNAME _ _ADDRESSONE _ Branch Address _BRADDR1_ _ADDRESSTWO_ _BRADDR2_ _ADDRESSTHREE_ _BRADDR3_ _ADDRESSFOUR_ Cust ID _CUSTNO_ Account No ACCOUNTNO_ Account Desc _ ACCOUNTDESC_ Account Class _ACLASSNAME __ Account Currency _ACYNAME_ Statement From FROMDATE_ To TODATE_ EC IF _OPENBALANCE _ Account Open Date _OPENDATE_ _A_OPENING BALANCE _DRCR_ _OPENBALANCE_ _B_ AVAILABLE BALANCE _AVLBAL_ _B_ ENDIF EH ve ORACLE PH STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT _ACCOUNTNO_ Statement
350. stem User Manual 11 2 5 Maintaining Statement Generation Preference You can have the statement generation happen automatically as part of the automated End Of Day cycle using the Batch EOD Function Input screen You can invoke this screen by typing BADEODFN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Function Inputs C New Batch End Of Day Functions Branch l Function Id a Description E End Of Cycle Group Transaction Input Report Orientation Not Applicable End Of Transaction Input Portrait End Of Financial Input Landscape End of Day Beginning Of Day Function Inputs E Parameter Data Type Value Date Format VARCHAR2 Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open You need to specify the following details Function Identification Specify ACSTHAND or select this value from the adjoining option list End Of Cycle Group Choose the option Transaction Input eye ORACLE For further details refer the chapter titled Automated End of Cycle Operations in the Automated End of Day User Manual Given below is a sample account statement Sample account statement BANK FUTURA COPY SALMAN Account Branch Bank Futura Caryl Street Liverpoo SALMAN Branch Address cary street Liverpool Great Britain Cust ID 020003344 Account No 020
351. stomer account or a valid GL If you specify a Trust account you will have to specify project details by clicking Project Details button Amount and Currency From the option list select the currency in which the PDC is denominated Also specify the amount of the PDC Value Date Specify the date on which the PDC was deposited Cheque Date Specify the date on which the cheque is issued Account Number Specify the unique loan account number linked to the PDC The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the CL MO and LE modules in the system You can choose the appropriate one For this loan account if the customer pays an advance instalment or makes an early settlement the system will delete the outstanding cheques A report of such cancelled cheques is generated on a daily basis Beneficiary Name The system displays the name of the specified beneficiary based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Drawer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one ea ORACLE Remarks Specify the reason for cancellation of post dated cheque Event Sequence Number Specify the event sequence number for processing a post dated cheque Source Code User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field External Reference Number Specify the extern
352. stomer account s currency You cannot modify it Customer Number The system displays the customer number based on the customer account number selected You cannot modify it Account Class The system displays the account class based on the customer account number selected You cannot modify it vou can also capture the account limits in the Account Limits of the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Daylight Limit Specify the daylight limit amount Notification Percentage System displays the notification percentage TOD Renewal Renew TOD Check this box to indicate that TOD is renewed Renew Frequency Specify the renew frequency Renew Unit Specify the unit of renew gue ORACLE 3 3 Next Renewal limit Specify the next renewal limit For more information on maintaining account limits for customer refer the section Specifying Account Limits in this chapter Viewing Customer Accounts You can view the details of all accounts maintained for a specific customer using Customer Account screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACCDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Accounts 2 Enter Query Customer No 1010 Account Number Account Description Branch Code Customer Name Account Type Customer Number Specify the customer number On search the system displays the following details p
353. t To Date must be less than or equal to Request Date Process Status The system displays the status denoted by a single letter as below e U When the customer requests for the statement this status is displayed e P For statements processed successfully this status is displayed e E For statements that encounter error during processing this status is displayed Using the Generic Interface you can maintain the statement format and generate the statements Process Status Details The system gives the description of the single letter Process Status displayed above E Statement Check this box to indicate that E Statement is required Charge Account Branch Specify the account branch from which charge is deducted for the E Statement Charge Account Specify the charge account The adjoining option list displays all the valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Hela ORACLE 11 2 6 1 Viewing Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary You can view a summary of adhoc consolidated statement requests using the Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSCRSMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining
354. t Cheque Number End Cheque Number Cheque Amount Confirmed Advice Required Effective Date i a ee j i Charge Expiry Date pe a Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status In this table you maintain all stop payment orders enforced for a customer account The sequence number of the present stop payment instruction is displayed in the field Stop Payment No Here you define the following e Account number on which you are enforcing a stop payment e Whether stop payment is being defined against Cheque Cheques or an amount e f stop payment is based on Cheque then the start and end Cheque numbers e f stop payment is based on amount then the Cheque amount e Amount for which the stop payment has been enforced e Period for which this stop payment should remain effective e Any remark applicable to this stop payment It could be the purpose for which it has been enforced 10 1 2 Maintaining Stop Payment Instructions Any number of stop payment instructions can be maintained for an account With each stop payment instruction enforced on an account the system displays the stop payment number This number denotes the number of the current stop payment records being maintained for this account ee ORACLE For maintaining details of stop payment instruction the following parameters need to be maintained Account Number Specify the account number of the account for which you wish to enf
355. t and generating queries In the Data Entry Module you can input a transaction using the alternate account number instead of the actual account number Clearing Bank Code Specify the external bank s code that should be used for clearing maintenance The adjoining option list displays the valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Account Number The clearing account number for the customer account is generated automatically if you have opted for auto generation in the Branch parameters The account number is created according to the account mask you have maintained for the branch This will be mandatory and has to comply with length of 9 characters and MOD 11 validation if the value of the UDF Clearing A C Mandatory is maintained as YES in the Field Name to Value Definition screen However you can choose to change this number here and the system validates this number with the account mask you have maintained for the branch ae ORACLE 3 2 2 Viewing Details of Amounts and Dates In the Customer Accounts Maintenance Amounts and Dates screen you can view all financial details of this customer s account along with the details of the previous debit or credit activities However access to all financial information of an account can be restricted for any user The financial details of an account include the account balance the sweep eligible balance the uncleared debit and credit balances
356. t defined at the account class for the currency in which the account is being created no defaulting of amounts shall be done If you do not specify the minimum credit amount the system will consider the amount specified in this field for reporting the eligible credit transactions also Credit Amount Specify the minimum transaction amount for the credit transaction to be eligible for reporting in the interim statement However you can modify the amount defaulted If the amounts are not defined at the account class for the currency in which the account is being created no defaulting of amounts shall be done Daily Statement Count Specify the count of interim statement generated during the day In case a statement is scheduled to generate but is not generated because there is no movement the counter will not be incremented The counter will be reset at End of Day Year to Date Statement Count Specify the count of interim statement generated for the account since start of the financial year The financial year will be as defined in the Accounting Period maintenance This counter would be set at the end of year Generate Balance Report To indicate that the customer account is considered for generation of its balance message check this box Of Select the mode of message for balance generation from the option list Report Transaction Since This section lists all the transactions the customer account has undergone in the interva
357. t is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID For Period Indicates Period for which report is generated Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated ies ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates Branch code of the Account Account Class Indicates Account Class of the Account Account Class Description Indicates Account Class description Account No Indicates Account Number Account Description Indicates Account Description Account Opening Date Indicates Account Opening Date Customer Short Name Indicates Customer Short name Customer ID Indicates Customer ID 18 13 Account Status Movement Report You can maintain Account Status Movement conditions at the Account Class level based on the conditions decided by your Bank and the compliance requirements of the Central Bank During EOD based on these and the conduct of accounts system automatically classifies the assets on the daily basis Based on this classification system recognizes and provisions the income You c
358. t name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Op ID Current user Report Run Date Current branch date Report Run Time Current branch time Body Field Name Field Description Product Code PDC Product Account Number Beneficiary account number Account Name Beneficiary account description Cheque Purchase Number Transaction reference number Cheque Number Instrument Number Purchase Amount Cheque amount Purchase discount will be done for the entire amount Currency Currency of the instrument Interest Amount Interest Amount Interest will be applicable for cheques discounted only Interest will be computed from the purchase date till the liquidation date SC Amount Service charge amount Clearing Transaction Outward clearing transaction reference number for pdc 18 16 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Reference Number purchased Teller ID Maker id of the transaction Authorizer ID Checker ID of the transaction Status Cheque status Reject Code Reject code for cancellation Reject Reason Reject reason for cancellation 18 8 Interest Statement Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates generation of the Interest Statement Report for Customer Accounts without liquidating the Customer Accounts You can generate Inte
359. tails of the generated message to ensure that all details entered are correct Click on the View button to observe the outgoing message Message Details SWIFT Message Type Reference Number Document Number Version Number Remarks Eal Reject Reason Message Trailer You can examine the message for ensuring the information entered is complete You can only view the details of the message no input of additional information is supported at this stage 3 2 32 Maintaining Notice Preferences for Withdrawal You can view and modify the notice preferences maintained at the account class level for the withdrawal of amount from savings account through the Notice Preferences screen Click Notice button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The Notice Preferences screen is displayed as follows Notice Preference Account Description z Advance Interest Monthly Free Amount Notice Days Validity Period oe ORACLE This screen is applicable only for saving type of account The following field is displayed in this screen Description The following details are defaulted from the account class maintenance level However at the account level you are allowed to modify this Advance Interest Check this field to levy the advance interest on the account Note the following e The customer is liable to pay this advance interest in case he she
360. tained in the system From Account Currency Specify the account currency from which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate currency from the adjoining option list that displays all the currencies maintained in the system To Account Currency Specify the account currency to which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate currency from the adjoining option list that displays all the currencies maintained in the system Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Account Statement Report are discussed under the following heads Header An Account Statement is the record of transactions and their effect on account balances over a specified period of time for a given account An Account Statement lists the debits and credits that took place over a time period The Header carries the title of the Report information on the Account Number of the user generating the report Body of the report Branch Name This is the branch where the account resides Ies ORACLE Branch Address 1 This is the address of the branch Branch Address 2 This is the address of the branch Branch Address 3 This is the address of the branch Account Number Details about customer account Number From date This is from date To date This is to date
361. ted On The date on which the cheque is presented in the bank Date on The date as given on the cheque Cheque Beneficiary The name of the person in whose name the cheque is issued 18 3 CASA Stop Payment Report This report gives details of the stop payment details issued on a cheque You can invoke this screen by typing CARPSPMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CA Stop Payment Report Options Report For All Accounts O Selected Accounts Selection Options is ORACLE You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report Report For Select the option Selected Account if you want to generate the cheque book details report for a selected account Select the option All Accounts if you want to generate reports for all accounts Account If you have selected the option Selected Account select the account for which the cheque detail report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Stop Payment Report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code branch date the date and time of report generation the user ID of the user generating the report module page and
362. tem details for the account using the Management Information System screen To invoke this screen click MIS button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the Management Information System screen refer to the section 3 2 19 in this chapter 3 21 4 Specifying UDF Details You can capture User Defined Fields for the account using the User Defined Fields screen To invoke this screen click Fields button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the User Defined Fields screen refer to the section 3 2 26 in this chapter 3 21 5 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details Click on the Cheque Book Request button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Cheque Book Request screen For more details on the Cheque Book Request screen refer to the section 3 2 34 2 in this chapter qarag ORACLE 3 21 6 Specifying Debit Card Request Details Click on the Card Request button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Debit Card Request Details screen For more details on the Debit Card Details screen refer to the section 3 2 34 3 in this chapter 3 21 7 Specifying Change Log Details You can capture the audit history details for the operations performed on that customer and the account using the Change Log screen To invoke this screen click Change Log button in t
363. ter cancellation of the last stop payment instruction the option gets updated unchecked immediately Dormant The system updates this status for an account based on the dormancy days specified in the Account Class Maintenance screen Frozen If you have frozen a customer account in the Customer Information Maintenance Basic screen the accounts gets frozen For instance at the behest of a court order the status of the account is reflected here in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Posting Allowed The system checks or unchecks this check box based on the value maintained at Account Class level This check box facilitates Inter branch Accounting through Entity Accounts instead of GLs The accounts maintained for these Inter Branch transactions are used only for posting system generated Inter Branch entries and not for any direct posting using Journal Entry or Teller Transaction screens Status Change Automatic This specification will be defaulted from the account class to which the account belongs However you have the option of changing it at the customer account level If you check this option the status of the account will be changed automatically by the system as per the conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen invoked from the Account Class Maintenance screen If you do not select this option you have to change the status manually through the Manual Status Change screen
364. terparty Limit Available Balance with Currency Utilised Counterparty Limits Product Limit Last Statement Date Status Limit Expiry Date Last Statement Balance Opening Balance Transactions 10f1 Transaction Date Value Date Description InstrumentCode Branch Debit Credit Running Balance Transaction Initiation Batch Number Local Currency Date Transaction Code Exchange Rate User ID Description Local Currency Amount Authorizer ID Summary Credit Count Debit Count Total Credit Amount Total Debit Amount Account Number Specify the customer account number into which the cash needs to be deposited Upon keying the account number the system will default the Account Number Account Branch and Account Currency for the corresponding account In case of multiple accounts with the same account number the system will pop up a list of account numbers with account branches to select T ORACLE Branch Code The system displays branch code based on the specified account number Account Description The system describes the account for the specified account number here Statement Period Select the statement period to limit the number of transactions to be listed By default Transaction option is selected as the statement period Therefore only last five transactions will be listed Note the following e f you specified statement period is less than 6 months then system will display an error message e You
365. th the modified blocked amount Effective Date When defining amount blocks for an account specify the date on which the amount block comes into effect A future dated amount block comes into effect when the Beginning of Day process is executed for the day on which the amount block becomes effective Expiry Date This is the day on which the amount block expires An amount block is effective till the EOD is run on the expiry date On expiry of an amount block the block amount status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated if no other amount block is enforced on this account The balance available for transaction is also updated 2 ORACLE Remarks Here you can enter any remark specific to this amount block For example you can capture the purpose for which a block has been affected No Debit When defining amount blocks you can choose to completely block the account from any kind of debits made to the account To do this select the option No Debit At a later point you can UN Cheque this option to release the full block and define partial blocks if required Close As stated earlier the amount block will remain active from the effective date till the expiry date However you can release a block before the expiry date Select the Close option to affect a forceful closure of the amount block If you do not select this option the amount block will be released as part of the EOD batch process exe
366. th which the PDCs fall due in days months and years ater ORACLE Check in Series Check this box to enable bulk input of post dated cheques If this box is not checked you have to enter the individual details of the cheque for the same clearing product and currency If you check this box you can specify project details in the Project Details screen Refer the section Specifying Project Details in this User Manual for details about the Project Details screen Bulk Input Details You can input bulk number of cheques even if it is drawn on different accounts and different amounts here The following details are captured here Operation Select the operation from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Purchase Select this option if the Activation date is current date and when selected CPUR event will be fired e Discount Select this option if the Activation date is future date and when selected the event CDIS will be fired A validation will be done for the operations while saving the PDC transaction Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Beneficiary Account Number Specify the account in favour of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account
367. that you have specified Dr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow debit transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved Cr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow debit transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an over
368. the Customer Accounts table Example If the balance in an account is 1000 currency units and the amount block defined is 500 currency units the actual funds available for withdrawal is only 500 units An override will be required if the customer withdraws a higher amount When a debit to a customer account is made where the transaction amount exceeds the available balance in the account the system asks for an override Amount blocks are maintained in the Amount Block Maintenance table Defining Amount Block Reasons Whenever you impose an amount block hold on customer accounts a valid reason can be assigned for having effected the hold You can define these reasons using the Hold Maintenance screen a ORACLE You can invoke this screen by typing CODHOLDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Hold Code Maintenance Hold Code Hold Description Hold Type None Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Hold Code Specify a code for the amount block reason you are maintaining in the system The Hold Code can be a maximum of 15 characters alphanumeric type in length Hold Description Provide a brief description of the hold code Hold Type In case you are defining amount hold reasons for automated system hold select the hold type fro
369. the event date Body of the report Account The account number of the customer Description The description of the account Stop Payment The stop payment instruction number No Type The stop payment can be issued either on an amount or on cheque s Start Check The starting cheque leaf number No End Cheque The ending cheque leaf number No Amount The amount for which stop payment is done Effective Dt The date from which the stop payment is effective es ORACLE Expiry Dt The date on which the stop payment validity will expire The table below displays customer statistics for the last six months 18 4 Customer Statistics Data Body of the report Customer FLEXCUBE Customer Number Number Account No FLEXCUBE Account Number Acc Currency Account Currency Cust Name Customer name Acc Branch The branch in which the account was created Last Debit Last debit amount on the account for the month Last Credit Last credit amount on the account for the month Last Over Draft Last overdraft amount on the account for the month Simple Average Balance Simple Average balance of the account for the month transactions Minimum Minimum balance of the account for the Balance month Maximum Maximum balance of the account for the balance month No Of Dr Number of debit transactions for that month No of Cr Transactions
370. the parent account class ene ORACLE During every credit transaction on the account the system updates the limit utilization and checks the balance amount against the permissible threshold On account of a transaction if the balance breaches the limit threshold the system will display an override message 3 2 2 4 Viewing Turnover Amounts In the Customer Account Turnover Amounts screen you can view the total turnover of this customer account from the first date of this month to the current day s system date Also you can view the accumulated interest associated with debit or credit transactions after the last liquidation To view the turnovers for the account click the Turnover button The Customer Accounts Turnover Amounts screen is displayed MTD Account Currency Month to Date LCY After maintaining the required details you can return to the Amounts and dates screen Status Details The account status reflects the status of the account The account may have a No Credit or No Debit order issued against it or a Stop Payment order or it may have been frozen for some reason and therefore dormant While posting transactions to the customer account the system checks the status of the account before the entry is processed If the status of the account is dormant then the system will display an override message indicating the same NSF Blacklist Status Non Sufficient Fund NSF Blacklist Status indicates that the
371. the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Summary Authorization Status z Record Status l z Customer Identification a Liability Account Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Customer Identification Liability Account Past Due Account E lt z Here you can query on customer cheque discounting details based on any one or all of the following criteria e Customer Number e Liability Account PDC settlement account e Past Due account Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization status e Record status e Customer Number e Liability Account PDC settlement account anes ORACLE e Past Due account 12 9 1 Events and Accounting Roles For the Booking of Cheque Discounting an event CDIS is triggered and for booking of Cheque Purchase an event CPUR is triggered An event PULL will be triggered for pullback processing When the customer opts for pullback of the cheque the cheque transaction will be cancelled and pullback charges are applied The Reverse operation can be used to perform the pullback process 12 9 1 1 Discounted cheque Advance Charge collection wit
372. tment If the liquidation event for a PDC falls on a holiday you may wish that event to take effect either on the previous or on the following day Select either Backward or Forward to indicate your preference You may also desire that the schedule for bulk upload of PDCs gets modified according to the holiday treatment that you specify That is if a particular schedule day falling on a holiday is shifted backward forward then you may wish the subsequent schedule days also to move e Forward e Backward by the same number of days Accrual Frequency Specify the frequency in which the interest components are to be collected The frequency can be Daily Monthly Quarterly Half yearly and Annual Accrual start month Specify the month when the accrual should happen if the frequency is selected as Quarterly or above iP ORACLE Accrual start date Specify the date of the month when the accrual should happen if the frequency is selected as Monthly or above Charge to be collected in Specify the option for collecting the charges from the adjoining drop down list The available options are Advance The charge defined can be collected in advance Arrears The charge defined can be collected in arrears The overdue charge component is always collected in arrears irrespective of preferences defined Frequency amp Cascade Scheduling Cheque the Cascade scheduling option if you wish subsequent schedule days to be
373. to create a message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen with the format named SOD_CR_UTIL You should also create an outgoing generic interface to generate ASCII file where in the component details for the generic interface are the elements from the new data store You need to schedule this generic interface to be executed during EOD through GIDPRSIF batch The system processes alerts only if the email address and mobile number are maintained for a customer You can know the Limit Utilization Breach for the account by the application of the following formula Utilized limit amount 2 SOD Amount SOD notification percentage 100 Example Assume the following for processing alerts e Term Deposit booked is for Rs 100 000 for account CHO123 e SOD amount for the corresponding TD CHO123 is Rs 90000 e SOD Notification Percentage is 90 If the Utilized amount for the OD is equal to or greater than Rs 81 000 then the customer is alerted that the credit facility against the FD is breached The Intermediate data store consists of the following details e DCN e BRN e Customer Account Number e Customer No e Customer Mail e Customer Mobile No e Utilized Amount Overdraft Amount Dispatch Flag ote ORACLE You need to maintain the following message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen RH lt SOD ACCOUNT UTILIZATION gt Date DATE_ Bank Name _BANK NA
374. to maintain an SDE for advance interest calculation on the amount withdrawn from the customer account The system takes up all accounts belonging to a product for which the option Advance Interest in Notice Preferences screen is enabled for calculating the Advance Interest For more details on maintaining this SDE refer to the section Maintaining SDEs for Computing Advance Interest in the chapter Maintaining System Data Elements of the Interest and Charges User Manual The following examples describe the calculation of advance interest Example Calculation of penalty interest partial utilization In this illustration the withdrawal amount is only partially exhausted through free amounts and notices Credit interest rate 2 00 Penalty Interest rate 0 50 Notice period 90 days Free amount per month 2000 EUR Customer withdraws EUR 8 500 00 on 15 07 2005 without any prior notice The following table describes the calculation of penalty interest in this case 3 114 ORACLE Date Type Notice Amoun Basis Penalty Penalty Free Free t Amount Days Interest _ Amount Amount Passed for Penalty Amount Notice Availabl Calculatio e n 15 07 2 Free 2000 00 8500 00 6500 00 17 15 07 0 1 53 EUR 005 Amount 5 until 31 07 05 01 08 2 Free 2000 00 6500 00 4500 00 31 01 08 0 1 94 EUR 005 Amount 5 until 31 08 05 01 09 2 Free 2000 00 4500 0
375. tor CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 20 YTD Debit Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 21 Year End Transfer CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 22 Year to Date No of Transactions CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit 20 15 ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 2 Accounting Entries for Discounted Cheques 20 5 2 1 On Discounting CDIS Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Liability a c PD TAG Debit PDC Beneficiary PD_TAG Credit 20 5 2 2 On Activation LIQN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Clearing Suspense GL PD_TAG Debit Liability a c PD_TAG Credit 20 5 2 3 On Rejection RETN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Past Due Account PD_TAG Debit Clearing Suspense GL PD_TAG Credit 20 5 2 4 On Re Presentation LIQN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator 20 16 ORACLE
376. troduction Oracle FLEXCUBE repays loan from multiple accounts In Oracle FLEXCUBE the loan account is the primary account and all the other accounts linked to it are cover accounts While paying the settlement if the primary account has insufficient amount the system will check the cover accounts for the remaining amount according to the preference In case of single account structure the primary account will have only one cover account and the cover account will have only one primary account for making the account structure free of duplicate accounts Every account has its own account structure While closing an account under an account structure you need to remove that account from the account structure manually else the system will not allow the closure of the account If you want to amend an account structure the system will check whether any amount block is open on the account structure If any amount block is opened then the system will throw an error You can also configure the error code Defining Account Structure Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to have a primary account and secondary account and then link these two accounts If you amend an account structure then the system will check if the status of any amount block created due to the account structure is open If one or more amount block is open then the system will display an error message If a customer account is element of some account structure then before closing that account
377. ts Balance reports for each account under an account class can be generated on an ad hoc basis The Ad Hoc report generation screen is used for capturing details of a balance report sent ad hoc You can invoke this screen by selecting Messages in the application browser Hereafter select Detailed under Account Balance and Interim Report ad ORACLE Alternatively you can invoke this screen by typing ACDADCRP in the upper right corner of the application toolbar and clicking the arrow adjacent it Ad hoc Report Generation 9 Enter Query Balance Branch Code 002 SWIFT Message Type 941 v Account Generate Statement Branch Code The branch to which the account marked for balance report generation belongs is displayed you cannot change or modify this value Account Select the account which has been identified for generation of a balance statement from the option list The account balance of this account is generated as an outgoing statement Swift Message Type Select the type of message required to be sent As the message is a balance statement select MT941 MT942 Click on the Generate Statement to initiate the generation of balance statement for the account you have selected This process would pick up the entire debit and credit component accounts created since the issue of a previous MT941 MT942 MT950 or MT940 are included in the generated statement eae ORACLE You can examine the de
378. ttle a contract by associating an instrument type example Cheque s drawn on nostro accounts DDs MCKs etc with the settlement instruction Multiple deals can be settled with a single Cheque if the same counter party module and instrument type is associated with the settlement instructions for the deals Defining Instrument Types You can define the various instrument types with the relevant details in the Instrument Type Maintenance screen You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing ISDINSMS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button ia ORACLE You can view the details of all the existing instrument types from the summary screen instrument Type Instrument Master Instrument Type CFT upload Branch C Left Padding Required Account Cheque Book Number No Of Leaves Account Branch FT Details FT Upload Account FT Upload Product FT Account Branch You need to maintain the following details for an instrument type Instrument Type Specify a name for the instrument type that you are defining There will a list of values for the instrument type that will show all the instrument types from the DD status maintenance screen Instrument number is picked from the Instrument type level Branch Code Indicate the name of the branch to which the Cheque
379. ture in this screen is required to route outward clearing transactions to the appropriate clearing house In this screen you have to capture the following information for clearing The End Point The Bank Code The Branch Code as identified in the network The Sector to which it belongs Whether Reg CC is applicable Whether special cheque is governed by the Reg CC schedules e Whether late clearing is required e The reason for rejection Depending on your Bank Code Branch Code and Sector Code combination the system displays the Routing Number Bank Value Date and the Customer Value Date 13 8 ORACLE After you maintain the above details for clearing click Exit or Cancel button to return back to the Instrument Type Details screen 13 4 1 Viewing the Accounting Entries To view the accounting entries and overrides for the transaction click Accounting Entries button in the Instrument Type Detail screen The Accounting Entries and Overrides screen is opened Any overrides that occurred when each transaction was passed are also displayed 13 4 2 Charges for the Instrument The charges that you have specified for the instrument branch and currency combination that you have chosen for the transaction in the ARC Maintenance are applied by default Click on the Charges tab in the main Instruments Transaction Query screen to view the charges instruments Transaction Query To M es mmm Charge A
380. u can invoke this screen by typing ACDOPTN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Statement Report Account Selection Type One Account Statement Type Brief Multiple Account Detailed Range Date Range From Date To Date Single Account Account Account Currency Charge Book Date Booking Dated D Show Linked Account Value Date Details Multiple Account Print Options View 1010 Server Spool Print CO Account Number Currency Range From Account Number From Account Currency To Account Number To Account Currency You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report Account Selection Type You have to indicate the account selection type of the customer The options available are e One Account e Multiple Account e Range Statement Type You have to indicate the statement type of the customer The options available are e Brief e Detailed Date Range et ORACLE You can indicate the following From Date Specify the date from when you are generating this report To Date Specify the date till when you are generating this report Single Account Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers Choose the appropriate one Account Currency Specify the account currency The option list displays all valid account currencies Choose the appropriate one Charge
381. u can link a customer signatory to an account either by e Click on the option list next to the Signatory Number A list of customer signatory numbers whose details have been captured will be displayed along with their names Pick up the signatory whom you want to make an account signatory for the account FoR ORACLE 3 2 31 e Keying in the customer Signatory Number and Name directly if the signatory number has not been maintained through the Customer Signatory details screen If the signatory ID that you specify has not been maintained the system will generate an error and you will not be able to create an account Customer Name The system displays the name of the corresponding customer Minimum Number of Signatories Specify the minimum number of signatories necessary to endorse an instrument involving the account Account Message You can capture information about particular signatories These messages could pertain to the name number and the type of signatory your customer is For instance you can capture a message like This signatory is a joint account holder with rights to sign instruments only up US 8000 Signatory ID The system displays values maintained in CIF signatory for the customer number Signatory Name The system displays the corresponding name of the signatory number specified Approval Limit Specify the amount up to which the account signatory can approve for debits Signatory Message You can enter add
382. ue books should be allowed for the account In addition you will have to maintain the check book details through the respective screen Similarly you can choose to indicate that the account holder needs to be provided with a Passbook and ATM facility Although these specifications are defaulted from the account class screen where you had maintained these specifications for all accounts belonging to a class the options specified at the account level will supersede that specified for the account class Cheque System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing cheque book facility in account class screen Passbook System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing passbook facility in account class screen This shall be defaulted from the account class screen where you had defined this facility for all accounts belonging to a class The option specified at the account level will supersede that specified for the account class CAS Account Check this box if you wish to have CAS account facility ATM System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing ATM facility in account class screen e ORACLE 3 2 1 3 Specifying Initial Funding Account Opening Amount Specify the amount being deposited to open a customer account While saving the record the system checks whether this amount is equal to or greater than the minimum limit maintained for the linke
383. ulated according to the special conditions that you define subsequently By default charges on an account would be applied when the free banking period if any elapses This means that the Charge Start Date is arrived at by the System by adding the Free Banking Period days if any specified for the account class used by the account to the Account Opening Date If no Free Period has been indicated for the account class used by the account the Charge Start Date is defaulted to the Account Opening Date that is charges on the account would be applied right from the account opening date and displayed in the Special Conditions Maintenance screen om ORACLE You can override the default Charge Start Date and specify the desired start date for charge application Product To calculate interest for an account you must apply an interest product on the account To recall every interest product that you create is linked to an interest rule The logic to calculate interest is built into an interest rule When you apply an interest product on the account interest for the account will be calculated according to the interest rule definition For the account for which you are defining special conditions choose the product s that you wish to apply To recall you can define a Special Condition for an account only if the account class of the account has a General Condition defined for the product Thus the picklist from where you select the product fo
384. unt Currency Debit Balance 10f1 CI Month Highest Outstanding Balance Check Linked Customer and provide Account Number and click Query button to view all Account Numbers of the customers and its linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any account displayed select the account and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided See ORACLE 3 17 The details displayed are as follows Low and High Balance for a period The lowest and highest current balances for the period Average credit and debit balance for a period This is computed as the sum of credit debit current balances in a period divided by the number of days of credit debit balance during the period Credit and debit days The number of days the account was in credit debit balance in the period Credit and Debit Turnover The credit debit turnover for the period Excess days in debit balance The number of days in a month when the account exceeded the overdraft limits Overdraft Limit This is computed by summing the temporary overdraft limit and the sub limit of the account For each month this would represent the limit on the last date of the month Credit grade of the Customer This would be the prevalent rating on the last day of the period For the current period this information is
385. unt of PDC contract Credit PRINCIPAL_LIQD Loan Account Debit MAIN_INT_LIQD Beneficiary Account of PDC contract Credit MAIN_INT_LIQD Main Interest Receivable If a PDC is returned or bounced due to any reason then you can represent the same PDC for payment again 4 ORACLE 16 3 Processing of Customer Deduplication Batch You can use this screen in case of a rule change and the reports need to be taken for the list of duplicate customers You can invoke the Intra Day Batch Start screen by typing BABIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Intra Day Batch Start Function Specify the De duplication batch function id DEDUPEOD to run the customer de duplication batch Only open customer accounts will be considered for the de duplication check System initiates the de duplication process based on the status maintained for deduplication check at head office with the status U Unprocessed and P Processed internally ee ORACLE 17 Glossary 17 1 Important Terms Amount Block It refers to the portion of the balances of a customer account that is designated to be set apart for specific purposes and cannot be withdrawn The blocking can be set up either on request from either the customer or the bank Check Book It is one of the means that the bank provides to the customer for withdrawal of balances from th
386. unts Track Drawer Limits Check this box to track the drawer limits at the PDC transaction The Drawer limits will be tracked at the PDC transaction only if this checkbox is checked Pass Contingent Cheque this box if you wish contingent entries to be passed during PDC initiation Depending on the type of PDC the following contingent entries should be defined When a customer deposits PDC into own account te ORACLE Accounting Role Head Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator Contingent Asset PDC_RECEV Dr Contingent Liability PDC_RECEV_CONTRA Cr Bank Issues PDC Accounting Role Head Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator Contingent Asset PDC_ISSUE_CONTRA Dr Contingent Liability PDC_ISSUE Cr Discount Purchase Check this box to allow discounting purchasing for the PDC instrument Discounting purchasing will be allowed for the PDC instrument only if the product is defined for this change of operation Bulk Input Allowed Cheque this box to indicate that this product can be used for bulk inputs If this box is not checked this product is available only for single online contracts Oracle FLEXCUBE supports bulk input of PDCs where a single contract is entered for multiple PDCs If you allow bulk input you can indicate the default instrument number and frequency of the PDCs This value defaults to bulk input contracts but can be changed while entering the bulk input contract Holiday Trea
387. us Original Draft Number Payable Bank Discount Days Payable Branch Reissued draft number Demand Draft MICR No Reference Number Instrument Amount Batch Number Transaction Tanked Expiry Date SSN Reissued Exchange rate User Reference Additional Identifier Details MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Checker Id Contract Status Authorization Status Date Time Date Time In this screen the following details get specified for each instrument transaction that you initiate or gets initiated e The type of the instrument that the system will use for processing the transaction te ORACLE The status of the instrument This is defaulted to Active on entering a fresh contract The status of an Active authorized contract can be changed to Cancelled Refunded Lost Stopped only by unlocking and modifying the record The status of a Lost contract can be changed to Re issue Apart from these you cannot reverse a Status The status of a contract can change to any one of the multiple options provided including Expired Liquidated from the same screen and Reissue through use of the Copy option in the toolbar menu gt Reinstate Status A draft can be moved into the Reinstate status only from the Stop status This status is same as Init minus the accounting entries associated with Init A draft in stop status can be marked as Reinstated or Refunded or Re issued A draft in reinstated status cannot move directly to refund
388. us l z Loan Account Number Cheque Status Normal z Schedule Date Record Status z Advanced Search Records per page 15 z E Transaction Reference Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Instrument Number Issuer Bank Authorization Status L Record Status O Open C Closed Status U UnProcessed A Active L Liquidated V Reversed C Cancelled Here you can query on post dated cheques based on any one or all of the following criteria Transaction Reference Number Branch Code Instrument Number Loan Account Number Product Code Remitter Account Number e Issuer Bank e Cheque Status e Schedule Due Date Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Transaction Reference Number e Event Sequence Number ana ORACLE Source Code External Reference Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Instrument Number Currency Amount Value Date Clearing Product Routing Number End Point Issuer Bank Issuer Branch Purpose Activation Date Location of Cheque Record Status Status Loan Account Number Remarks 12 21 ORACLE 12 2 Bulk Input of Post Dated Cheques Oracle FLEXCUBE allows bulk inputs of PDCs with different due dates You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input screen by typing PDDBULKI in the field at the top right corner o
389. ust indicate the charge amount range representing the minimum and maximum charge that can be applied for the account Free Items You must indicate the number of free items for which the customer will not be charged The number of free items is derived based on the charge basis defined for the charge product in the IC module Open By default each charge consolidation charge setup that you set up is enabled and active You can also disable the setup by checking the Open box Waive Charges You can choose to waive charges for an account 3 2 10 Specifying Consolidated Charge Details You can capture details of consolidated charges for the account using the Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions screen To invoke this screen click the Consolidated Charge button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Account Details Branch Code Account Product Details 4 100f01 gt Product Code Waive Charges Currency Open Minimum Maximum Discount Discount Percentage Discount Amount Branch The Branch Code to which the account belongs for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field PH ORACLE Product You must identify the consolidated charge product using which the applicable charges would be consolidated The charges would be consolidated in the currency defined for the selected consolidated charge product and
390. ustomer Note the following ii ORACLE e Expiry date will always be greater than Expected Date of Submission and Actual Submission Date e Expected Date of Submission will always be greater than current date Expected Date of Submission Specify the expected date on which the customer is accepted to submit the required documents Actual Date of Submission System displays the actual date on which customer has submitted the required documents Document Reference System defaults the document reference here Checked Check this box to indicate that the received documents are acknowledged You cannot save and authorize an account if the mandatory documents are not confirmed as Checked Upload Click on this button to upload the selected document type Delete Click on this button to delete the selected document View Click on this button to view the selected document Document Notification Details System defaults notification details from the Account Class Maintenance screen Send Notification This check box indicates whether to send notifications or reminders for not submitting the mandatory documents Reminder Frequency Notification System defaults the frequency of notification to be sent The frequency can be one of the following e Daily ate ORACLE Weekly Monthly Quarterly Half yearly Yearly Note the following Notification will be sent only if gt The check box Send Noti
391. uthority Select the appropriate one from the drop down menu The options are 3 79 ORACLE e Authorized Signatory e Customer Contact Person e Guardian e Custodian e Developer e Guarantor e Joint and First e Joint and Other e Joint or First e Joint or Other e Nominee e Related for Enquiry e Solicitor e Sole Owner e Third Party e Trustee e Valuer e Power of Attorney Start Date and End Date The Start Date and End Date display the validity of the joint holder of the account This is for information purpose only 3 80 ORACLE 3 2 26 Specifying UDF Details You can capture User Defined Fields for the account using the UDF screen To invoke this screen click the Fields button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen User Defined Fields UDF Details 4 10710 Field Name 3 2 27 Specifying Deposits Instructions Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to create auto deposits from a savings account if the balance in the account exceeds a certain limit You can capture details for creation of auto deposits using the Deposits Instruction screen To invoke this screen click the Deposits Instruction button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Deposits instruction Branch Code Account Account Class Customer Currency Sweep Branch Deposit Currency Sweep To Account Sweep Amount Sequence Number Tenor Sweep Multiple Of Minimum Requir
392. ve the overdraft facility and limits that are associated to them The transaction details are grouped based on the Account Class You can invoke CASA Overdraft Report screen by typing CAROVDFT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CASA Overdraft report Branch Code Account number Report Format Printer At Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Account Number Specify a valid account number maintained in the specified Branch for which you wish to generate report from the adjoining option list Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format Toray ORACLE e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At
393. vels utilization will be updated Cancellation when the PDC is cancelled before liquidation It is also possible to reverse a PDC after liquidation For processing PDCs you will first have to create PDC products in Oracle FLEXCUBE and then process individual PDCs as contracts under the products that you create wA ORACLE 12 1 1 Maintaining PDC Products You will have to create a product for PDCs and define attributes specific to it You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Product Definition screen by typing PDDPRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button In this screen you can enter basic information relating to a PDC product such as Product Code Description and so forth Post Dated Cheques Product Definition Product Code Exchange Rate Variance Product Description Override Limit Product Type Stop Limit Description Rate Code Slogan Rate Type Product Group Start Date End Date Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status For any product you create in Oracle FLEXCUBE you can define generic attributes such as accounting roles events MIS details etc by clicking on the appropriate icon in the horizontal array of icons in this screen For a post dated Cheques product in addition to these generic attributes you can specifically define other attributes These attributes are discussed
394. ver Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report ee ORACLE The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the CRR Movement Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Sr No Field Name Field Description 1 Report Name Indicates Report Name 2 Bank Code Bank Name Indicates Bank code and Bank Name 3 Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name 4 Report Run Date Indicates Current Branch Date 5 Report Run Time Indicates Current Branch Time 6 Op Id Indicates Logged in user 7 From Date Indicates Date captured as start date 8 To Date Indicates Date captured as end date Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Sr No Field Name Field Description 1 Customer Number Indicates Customer Number 2 Customer Name Indicates Customer Name 3 Module Indicates ST for CASA Accounts CL for Loan Accounts Cl for Islamic Financing LE for leasing and MO for Mortgages 4 Account No Indicates CASA Loan Account Number 5 Customer Previous CRR Indicates Previous CIF Status 6 Customer Current CRR Indicates Current CI
395. vise this limit The limit check will continue irrespective of the date maintained here The revision date must be greater than the start date and can be left blank 3 2 21 1 Specifying Temporary over Draft Renewal Details Renew TOD Check this box if you want to renew TOD Renewal of TOD will be done as part of casapks batch process Renew Frequency Specify the renew frequency from the drop down list The available options are e Days e Months e Years Renew Units Specify the renew units The following validations need to be done for the frequency e f Renew Frequency chosen is Days then Renew Units cannot be greater than 366 e f Renew Frequency chosen is Months then Renew Units cannot be greater than 12 e f Renew Frequency chosen is Years then Renew Units can be given in terms of years Next Renewal Limit Specify the TOD amount that can be renewed in next cycle TD Collateral Linkages oe ORACLE Auto Create Collateral Pool Check this box to indicate that collateral pool needs to be created automatically based on the collateral linkage details specified You can enter collateral linkages details only when you check this field 3 2 22 Specifying Linkages Details Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates linking a new TD or collateral and de linking the existing TD or collaterals Also you can modify the linked amount and spread for existing collaterals The modified linkages
396. whenever a foreign currency draft is issued from Instruments module and the message is sent to the bank on which the draft is drawn e MT111 is generated whenever a foreign currency draft is marked for stop payment and is sent to the bank where the draft is payable Processing MT110 and MT111 Message type DD_ISSUE will be used to generate MT110 and DD_STOP_PMNT for MT111 You can link these message types to products in the DD status maintenance In the DD status maintenance these message types will be input across the INIT and the STOP statuses If DD_ISSUE is linked to an INIT product the existing message DEMDRAFT also will get printed along with MT110 Since this messages are going to be generated only for DD s issued in currencies other that USD and CAD separate instrument type has to be maintained for issuing DD s in other currency This is because the message and product linkage is in the DD status maintenance The receiver of the message will be the BIC code for the customer of the NOSTRO account Credit Account The receiver will be obtained in the following way e The credit account specified as the DAO account would be picked as the receiver The offset account is credited along with the debit of remitter account e A DAO account needs to be maintained in the Teller gt Demand draft details for each bank branch currency combination e The related customer of the credit account thus obtained will be determined e The Swift address
397. which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list From Date Specify a valid date from when the report is generated from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date from when the report is generated from the adjoining calendar Stop Payment Type Select stop payment type for which you wish to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Cheque e Amount e All Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format a ORACLE Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wis
398. which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Variances Maintained Today Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which r
399. wing options are available e Print select this option if you wish to print the report e View select this option if you wish to view the contents of the report e Spool select this option if you wish to spool the report for further use Printer Specify the name of the printer or select it from the option list provided All the configured printers are displayed in the list This is applicable only if you have specified the output as Print 18 5 1 Viewing Charge Details You can view the charges for online statement generation in the Charge Details screen Click on Charges button to invoke Charge Details screen Charge Details Reference Number Event Sequence Number Charge Details E Component Amount Currency Rate Status Waiver Event Contract Reference System displays the contract reference number here 1o ORACLE Charge Liquidation System displays the following details under this section e ESN Event sequence number e Component Charge component name e Charge Currency Charge currency e Charge Amount Computed charge amount e Waiver If this box is checked then charge will be waived Waiver Check this box to waive the charge Charge Amount System displays the calculated charge amount here You can amend this if required 18 5 2 Viewing Events Click on Events button to invoke Events screen Events Reference No 10710 Event Number Eve
400. with uncollected funds Intra day Release of Uncollected Funds During the course of a business day you can manually release uncollected funds for transactions that have been posted using a transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled and are due for release on or before the current date You can do this by executing the Intraday Funds Release batch process in the Intraday Funds Release screen You can invoke the Intra Day Batch Start screen by typing BADIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Function The Beginning of Day process skips the release of uncollected funds in respect of transactions posted using a transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled During the End of Day batch process uncollected funds for transactions that have been posted using a transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled and are due for release on or before the current date are released This takes place after all the End of Transaction Input EOTI validations are performed re ORACLE The EOD batch processing ensures that if the Intraday Release batch is not run or the transactions are posted after the Intraday Release batch is run and the funds are due to be released the same is done This is done just after performing all pre EOTI validations 15 3 1 Querying for Details on Overdrawn
401. y option in this screen Subsequent to the first period the EOD process would update the start date according to the periodicity defined End Date Subsequent to the first period the EOD process would update the end date according to the periodicity defined 3 2 16 Specifying Account Status Details You can specify status details for the account using the Status Details screen To invoke this screen click the Account Status button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Status Details Account Branch Code Account Account Status 4 100001 p Status Description Reporting Lines GL Lines Credit Debit Central Bank Lines Head Office Lines Credit Debit Here you can capture the following details i ORACLE Branch The system defaults the code of the current branch Account Number The system defaults the account number from the main screen Status You can select the different status codes applicable to the account in this field Use the Add icon to define each status and the attributes for the same You can use the navigation icons to move from one status to the other On selection of the status the associated description will be displayed alongside Dr and Cr GL Line Select the debit GL account to which all debit balances within a specific account class will report to when it moves to the status being defined You can identify the debit GL from the list of existing GLs L
402. y the end point maintained in the clearing system The adjoining option list displays all valid end points maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Adjustment Amount Check this box to indicate that amount should be adjusted Old Instrument Amount Specify the amount mentioned on the old instrument Override Stale Days Check this box to override stale days Override Stop Pay Check this box to override stop pay Force Posting Against any inward clearing instrument that has been returned with an override check this box if you wish the system to ignore the overrides and process the record If this box is not checked for an instrument then the record is marked to an override status and is not processed Module Reference Specify the module reference no Error Codes Specify the error code Error Message The system displays the error message Instrument Number The system displays the error number Batch Number The system displays the batch number Status For a post dated cheque clearing transaction you can select the following statuses from the dropdown list e Collection When a normal cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC Mt ORACLE e Collection after Discount When a Discounted cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC e Collection after Purchase When a Purchased cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC e Returned When the cheque is dishonored rejected t
403. zation is allowed for the instrument gt Whether the instrument type allows to create demand drafts payable at other banks gt Whether revalidation is allowed for the instrument type gt Whether duplication of issuance allowed for the instrument type The expiry frequency of the instrument in days months or years Revalidation frequency of the instrument in days months or years The advice format applicable under this instrument type The status of the instrument and the product codes associated with the same The currency in which the DD is being issued The dao branch where the DD is being issued from The dao account which will get credited for the DD issued as per the currency and dao branch The payable limit indicates the limit for the issuing an instrument for the bank You can set a limit for each instrument type All the instruments under the instrument type issued by your bank should be within the specified limit In case the instrument issued for the issuer bank exceeds this limit the system will prompt for an authorization Event to maintain the events REVA DISU The various products selected against the various statuses should have maintenance in ARC except for statuses like Expired or Reissue 13 2 2 Maintaining Instrument Types for Outward Clearing Cheques When you maintain instrument types for processing outward clearing Cheques you need to ensure that You have maintained the clearing products th

Current and Savings Account User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents